Rosenbauer Aerial Ladder Specification — Cathedral City City Council, October 11, 2023

Cathedral City
Fire Department

Rear Mount Aerial Ladder
Proposal Specification

October 2023

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 1

NFPA 2016 STANDARDS

This unit shall comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided which states the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company shall designate, in writing, which is qualified to witness and certify test results.

PAINT WARRANTY FIVE YEAR

The AKZO paint performance guarantee will cover the areas of the vehicle finished with the specified product for a period of FIVE (5) years beginning the day the vehicle is delivered to the purchaser.

The full apparatus chassis, manufactured and painted by Rosenbauer Motors, LLC, shall be covered for the following paint failures as outlined on the guarantee certificate:

• Peeling or delaminating of the topcoat and/or other layers of paint. • Cracking or checking.
• Loss of gloss caused by cracking, checking, or hazing. • Any paint failure caused by defective AKZO Fleet Finishes, which are covered by this guarantee.

All guarantee exclusions, limitations, and methods of claims are covered in the full certificate provided to the original purchaser.

Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover the standard one-year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by the seller or other component manufacturers.

CAB STRUCTURE WARRANTY

The cab structure shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years with the complete details of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request.

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY

The Allison EVS transmission shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years with the complete details of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request.

ENGINE WARRANTY

The Cummins engine shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever comes first, with the complete details of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request.

FRAME WARRANTY

The frame and cross members shall carry a lifetime warranty with the complete details of the warranty outlined in a document provided upon request.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 2

FRONT AXLE WARRANTY

The front axle shall be warranted by Hendrickson for five (5) year s or 500,000 miles, whichever comes first, under the general service application.

REAR AXLE WARRANTY

The rear axle(s) shall be warranted by Meritor for five (5) years with unlimited miles under the general service application.

CAB AND CHASSIS WARRANTY

The cab and chassis shall carry a twelve (12) month warranty providing limited parts and labor from the date the complete apparatus is delivered to the end user. The complete details of the warranty shall be outlined in a document provided upon request.

STATIC LOAD SEAT TEST INFORMATION

This model of seat shall have successfully completed the static load tests set forth by FMVSS 207/210.

This testing shall include a simultaneous forward load of 3000 pounds each on the lap and shoulder belts and twenty (20) times the weight through the center of gravity. This model of seat installed in the cab model, as specified, shall have successfully completed the dynamic sled testing using FMVSS 208 as a guide with the following accommodations. To reflect the larger size outfitted firefighters, the test dummy used shall be a 95th percentile hybrid III male weighing 225 pounds rather than the 50th percentile male dummy weighing 165 pounds as referenced in FMVSS 208.

The materials used in construction of the seat shall also have successfully completed testing regarding the flammability of materials used in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles as outlined in FMVSS 302, of which dictates the allowable burning rate of materials in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles.

CAB TEST INFORMATION

The cab as built shall have successfully completed the pre- load side impact, static roof load application and frontal impact without encroachment to the occupant survival space when tested in accordance with Section 4 of SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks, Section 5 of SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation Quasi –Static Loading Heavy Trucks and ECE R29 Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with regard to the Prot ection of the Occupants of the Cab of a Commercial Vehicles Annex 3 Paragraph 5.

The above tests shall have been witnessed by and attested to by an independent third party. The test results shall have been recorded using cameras, high speed imagers, accelerometers, and strain gauges.

Documentation of the testing shall be provided upon request.

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION

The manufacturer shall provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal including SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading for Heavy Trucks and SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Load for Heavy Trucks.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 3

CAB TEST INFORMATION

ROOF CRUSH

The cab shall be subjected to a roof crush test of 120,000 pounds exceeding the requirements of ECE 29 criteria. The 120,000- pound requirement is important to ensure the most structurally sound and safe cab in the event of a crash or roll over.

SIDE IMPACT

The cab shall be subjected to dynamic moving barrier slammed into the side of the cab at 7.5 mph, striking with an impact of 15,157- foot pounds of energy. This test will closely represent the forces a cab would incur in a rollover incident.

FRONTAL IMPACT

The cab shall withstand a frontal force produced from a moving barrier slammed into the front of the cab traveling at 10.5 mph, striking with an impact of 42,587-foot pounds of energy.

The same cab shall withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

OPERATION AND PARTS LIST MANUALS

Each cab and chassis shall include two (2) electronic copies of the operation manuals and parts listings.

The manuals shall include information specific to the components included on the apparatus.

ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION MANUALS

One (1) paper copy of the specific engine and transmission manuals shall accompany each cab and chassis.

AS BUILT WIRING DIAGRAMS

Each cab and chassis shall include one (1) digital copy of the wiring schematics and component wiring.

The wiring schematics shall be developed on a softwar e program such as VeSys Design or equal that provides continuity in files and diagrams. The software shall allow you to trace through the design schematics to identify cross-referenced items such as in-line connectors and wires. The software shall be interactive which allows you to view one electrical assembly drawing, click on a wire routing and the program will take you to the related circuit assembly or termination point. The software shall also provide a searchable function allowing you to view multi ple diagrams using readily available pdf viewers. The digital copy of the wiring schematics shall be compatible with handheld devices such as I-Pads.

USB STORAGE

For ease of service the chassis will come with an on- board USB flash drive. The flash driv e shall have a minimum of 8 GB of storage capacity; and shall be located behind the access panel on the driver side kick panel, next to the data port for the engine.

The following items shall be stored on the Flash Drive. No Exception.

• As built wiring diagrams
• Plumbing diagram
• Chassis, body and aerial manuals

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 4
The USB shall be accessible through a 3- foot (3') USB -A to USB- B cable provided by the manufacture with the completed vehicle.

ROAD SAFETY KIT

• One (1) 2-1/2# ABC DOT Approved fire extinguisher shall be provided. The fire extinguisher shall be shipped loose with the chassis.
• One (1) set of DOT approved hazard triangles shall be supplied with the chassis. They shall be stored in a plastic case and shipped loose with the chassis. • One (1) first aid kit

CAB CUSTOM STYLE

The cab shall be a custom, cab over engine style, with the driver and officer positions ahead of the engine and front axle. The cab shall be specifically designed and manufactured for the fire service industry.

The cab shall be designed by manufacturer’s engineering to meet the unique, heavy -duty construction specifications. The raw cab will be fabricated to meet the exact demand of the fire industry and shall be manufactured by a company with no less than 50 years of experience in building custom cabs. All aspects of the cab will be quality checked by manufacturers personnel. All cab and chassis customization and assembly will take place on the manufacturer's premises.

The cab shall be of a totally enclosed full tilt design, with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab shall be capable of tilting 45- degrees, allowing the chassis engine to be removed, if required, without tilting the cab beyond 45-degrees.

No Exceptions.

The cab shall include a four (4) -point rubber isolated cab pivot and mounting system. The rear histic mounts shall be isolated from the chassis frame to reduce the transfer of road vibrations and frame torque into the cab, while providing superior handling characteristics. No solid mounted rear lock downs will be acceptable. No Exceptions.

The front cab pivot assemblies shall be 1/2" A36 steel plate with a .31" thick 2- 1/2" diameter tube cross member mechanically attached to the cab and frame. There shall be two (2) greaseable rubber isolated engineered bushings to reduce the transfer of road vibrations into the cab.

The cab shall be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic spring-loaded hook mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered.

The cab super -structure shall be designed with high strength 6061- T6 aluminum extrusions and 3/16" 5052-H32 aluminum plate. This shall include the “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” extruded pillars, triple wall front end reinforced by 3/16" thick x 2"x3" extrusion tubes, 3/16" side walls and rear wall. This shall offer superior occupant protection in the event of vehicle impact.

The extrusions shall provide adequate space for routing of wiring and hoses which will provide service accessibility. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed. No Exceptions.

The "A" pillar shall be of a closed section, one- piece extrusion extending from the cab header to the bottom of the cab. This design shall ensure strength and superior resistance to buckling in the event of a frontal impact.

The cabs front corners shall be constructed of 5052- H32 stamped aluminum to provide a consistent material composition. The stamping process alleviates the high tendency of fractures through the fusing of dissimilar metal composition as appears with a casting process.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 5
Cast cab components, including cab corners, "A" pillars and front fascia components shall not be acceptable due to the high tendency of fractures. No Exceptions.

Additional cab strength shall be obtained through closed section, dual extrusions in the construction of the "D" pillars.

The front façade shall be constructed with dual wall .19” thick 5052- H32 aluminum plates which make up the front bulkhead, reinforced by .19” thick 6061- T6 aluminum extrusion (box -sections), though- out the inner and outer perimeter of the front end / façade. The reinforcing third wall / barrier is .13” thick 5052- H32 work hardened aluminum façade panels. All panels shall be welded, no adhesive.

The cab side wall of the cab shall be 3/16” thick 5052-H32 aluminum plate. The cab side plate shall wrap the corner of the cab b pillar and slam post. The cab rear wall plates shall be reinforced with a minimum of two (2) 3/16 x 3” aluminum sec tions; the cab side reinforcements shall be a minimum of 28” apart and span from the cab B pillar and cab C pillar.

The rear wall of the cab shall be 3/16” thick 5052- H32 aluminum plate. The rear cab plate shall wrap the corner of the cab and attach to the cab D pillar and slam post. The cab rear wall plates shall be reinforced with four horizontal and dual vertical support sections; the dual vertical support structure shall consist of 1/8” thick x 2” 6061- T6 aluminum tubes and the horizontal hat sections shall consist of 1/8” thick x 4” 5052-H32 aluminum. The dual vertical support sections shall be 40” a- part, and the cab shall contain a minimum of four (4) 4” hat section horizontal supports.

Additionally, the rear edge of the floor shall include a 3/16” 6061- T6 aluminum tube extrusion (under the floor) and a 7” 5052-H32 aluminum cab floor support section (above the floor).

The outside cab width shall measure 99” across. The interior cab shall have a width of 93".

The cab length shall measure 77.3” from the center of the front axle to the front cab skin and 65” from center of the front axle to the back of the cab, for a total cab length of 142.3”.

The cab shall also feature ample driver and officer foot room, a total of 3.7 square feet for the driv er and

4.45 square feet of floor space at the officer’s feet. (No exceptions)

The crew floor shall feature a complete flat floor design, including provisions for a one o'clock PTO inclusion, while still offering an uninterrupted 25 total square feet of space.

The leading edge of the cab floor from the steps shall meet NFPA 15.7.4 slip resistance requirements on both the front and rear cab doors. No Exceptions.

The cab shall meet or exceed cab impact test (SAE J -2420, cab rollover test (SAE J2422), and cab seating requirements (FMVSS 210, and FMVSS 208).

The cab shall include 4 doors. They shall have a front two (2) cab doors shall have a minimum clear opening of 42.5" wide by 81” high measured from the top of the lower cab step to the top of the door opening and the rear two (2) crew doors shall be a minimum clear door opening of 38.5" wide by 81” high measured from the top of the lower cab step to the top of the door opening. The length of the door will vary depending on the door type.

ROOF STYLE - FLAT

The roof of the cab shall incorporate a flat roof style. The cab roof design shall incorporate an angled front roof, transitioning into a rolled extrusion for a swept back design.

The roof of the cab shall feature dual .25" thick interlocked structural member extrusions running the entire width of the cab defending against buckling in the event of a rollover.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 6
The interior cab height based on the flat roof style shall measure a minimum of 55-1/2”.

The crew roof super structure shall include a reinforcement hat -section structure 1/8” thick 5052- H32 aluminum bracing. The for -aft support braces will be 24” on center apart, the side-to- side support braces will stretch from cab side to cab side and centered between the dual 3/16” extruded and plate reinforced roll-cage section.

The forward cab roof section shall include a combination of 1/8” 6061- T6 extruded tube reinforcements and a hat -section structure 1/8” thick 5052- H32 aluminum bracing. The bracing shall wrap the entire perimeter of the cab forward roof, and the condenser support structure.

The condenser support structure shall include 1/8” triple sections, supporting the outer perimeter and center of the condenser mounting pad.

Additionally, the entire roof super structure is reinforced by a .25” thick roof edge corner extrusion around the entire cab perimeter.

A drip rail shall be provided along the top radius of each cab side. The drip rails shall help prevent water from the cab roof running down the cab side.

DRIVER SIDE EMS COMPARTMENT

The driver side of the cab shall feature a compartment which is designed for housing emergency medical or other types of equipment. The compartment shall be located immediately behind the driver's seat and the interior shall measure 23"wide x 32" tall x 24" deep (measured from the exterior door).

• The compartment shall feature an opening on the exterior and/or interior of the cab. • The compartment shall have a minimum of 9.8 cubic feet of storage. No Exceptions

EMS COMPARTMNET LIP

The top of the EMS compartment shall have a 2" high aluminum lip around the entire perimeter.

DRIVER SIDE EMS COMPARTMENT – Exterior Hinged Door

The EMS compartment shall feature:

• A hinged box pan style exterior compartment door
• A hidden, piano style stainless -steel door hinge which shall be mounted inside the panel of the door prohibiting dirt and debris from becoming trapped in the hinge. • A clear door opening of 17.5" wide by approximately 32" high • The door shall open as far as possible without contacting the side of the cab or interfere with the opening or closing of the driver’s door.
• The compartment floor shall be a sweep out design. No Exceptions

EMS COMPARTMENT HANDLE

The EMS compartment handle shall be a die cast steel, chrome plated door handle.

EMS COMPARTMENT LOCKS

The door handle shall include a power door lock, which are unlocked with the cab power door locks.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 7

INTERIOR DRIVER EMS COMPARTMENT ACCESS

The interior driver's EMS compartment shall have an opening 18.75” W x 28" H. The compartment shall have a sweep out design. Compartment with a lip along the bottom shall not be accepted. No exception

EMS COMPARTMENT INTERIOR ACCESS

The driver's EMS compartment shall feature interior access through a hinged door facing the rear of the cab.

HINGE LOCATION

The driver's interior EMS compartment hinged door shall have the hinge located on the outboard side of the compartment. (Near the Cab Exterior)

Hinge to be located by the cab exterior

COMPARTMENT SHELF

One (1) adjustable shelf(ves) shall be installed in the interior cab compartment. The shelf shall be constructed from aluminum.

DRIVER EMS COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH

The interior of the driver side EMS compartment shall have a DA sanded finish.

DRIVER EMS CAB COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The driver's side EMS compartment shall include one (1) 18" strip of LED lighting and shall be located in the inside front corner of the compartment near the door.

OFFICER SIDE EMS COMPARTMENT

The officer side of the cab shall feature a compartment which is designed for housing emergency medical or other types of equipment. The compartment shall be located immediately behind the officer's seat and the interior shall measure 18.5"wide x 32" tall x 23" deep (measured from the exterior door).

• The compartment shall feature an opening on the exterior and/or interior of the cab. • The compartment shall have a minimum of 7.5 cubic feet of storage. No Exceptions

EMS COMPARTMNET LIP

The top of the EMS compartment shall have a 2" high aluminum lip around the entire perimeter.

OFFICER SIDE EMS COMPARTMENT – Exterior Hinged Door

The EMS compartment shall feature:

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 8
• The compartment floor shall be a sweep out design. No Exceptions

EMS COMPARTMENT HANDLE

The EMS compartment handle shall be a die cast steel, chrome plated door handle.

EMS COMPARTMENT LOCKS

The door handle shall include a power door lock, which may be unlock ed through a switch on the cab or with the cab power door locks.

INTERIOR OFFICER EMS COMPARTMENT ACCESS

The interior officer's EMS compartment shall have an opening 18.75” W and 28" H. The compartment shall have a sweep out design. Compartment with a lip along the bottom shall not be accepted. No exception.

EMS COMPARTMENT INTERIOR ACCESS

The officer's EMS compartment shall feature interior access through a hinged door facing the rear of the cab.

HINGE LOCATION

The officer's interior EMS compartment hinged door shall have the hinge located on the outboard side of the compartment. (Near the Cab Exterior)

Hinge to be located by the Cab Exterior

COMPARTMENT SHELF

One (1) adjustable shelf(ves) shall be installed in the interior cab compartment. T he shelf shall be constructed from aluminum.

OFFICER EMS COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH

The interior of the officer side EMS compartment shall have a DA sanded finish.

OFFICER EMS CAB COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The officer's side EMS compartment shall include one (1) 18" strip of LED lighting and shall be located in the inside front corner of the compartment near the door.

INTERIOR CABINET

There shall be one (1) rear facing cabinet installed behind the engine enclosure. The cabinet shall be constructed of smooth aluminum plate with minimum interior dimensions of 15" high x 36" wide x 18" deep.

Hinged, smooth aluminum doors shall be installed on the cabinet. One (1) push to release latch shall be installed.

The cabinet’s exterior finish shall match the interior finish of the chassis cab.

The cabinet’s interior shall have an unpainted D/A orbital sander finish.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 9

CAB STEPS

The cab steps shall meet NFPA 13-7.3 in size and slip resistance requirements.

The cab shall incorporate a two- step design at each door, with a first step height of approximately 22” from the ground. The leading edge of the first step shall be 5" further outboard than the second step to provide a staircase design for safer egress.

The front cab first step shall measure a minimum of 33" wide x 10" deep. The front cab intermediate step shall measure a minimum 31" wide x 8" deep.

The crew cab first step shall measure a minimum of 26" wide x 10" deep. The crew cab intermediate step shall measure a minimum 28" wide x 9" deep.

The top crew step shall incorporate an angle approximately midway from the rear wall to the crew door hinge extending out the flooring under the rear facing outer seat positions, offering foot placement for safety while seated in this position.

CAB STEP TRIM

The lower cab steps at all doors shall be finished with slotted aluminum tread plate. The intermediate cab steps shall be finished with an embossed aluminum tread plate.

CAB DOORS

The cab shall include a total of four (4) doors, two (2) forward and two (2) rear crew doors.

The forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 45" wide and have a cab structure opening of 42.5" wide.

The rear crew doors shall be a minimum of 41" wide and a cab structure opening of 38.5" wide to provide enhanced entry and egress of the cab.

Each cab door shall feature:

• Superior strength and rigidity from 3/16" closed section extruded door frames • Damping inside each door for a solid feel and minimized reverberation when closed • A rolled rubber bulb seal style gasket shall be utilized around the door ensuring a weather tight fit • Integrated, mechanical door stop
• A full length, hidden piano style 10-gauge stainless steel door hinge with a 3/8" pin, which shall be mounted inside the panel of the door prohibiting dirt and debris from becoming trapped in the hinge
• An integrated one-piece inner door assembly that includes a glass track, mounting provisions for window regulator, door handle and door panel shall be utilized. The inner door assembly shall be easily removed with nut inserts. Self-tapping screws shall not be acceptable.

BARRIER FREE DOORS

The cab doors shall be "barrier free" style, meaning the door shall be constructed to cover the entry down to the intermediate step, leaving the bottom step open. Each door shall provide approximately 33" of clearance from the ground to the bottom of the door so the door may be opened without stopping due to guard rails along highways.

The lower step well of the cab shall be painted job to match the lower primary color of the cab.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 10

CAB STEP TRIM KICKPLATE

The vertical section of all cab step risers at each door shall include an aluminum treadplate finish.

CAB DOOR INSULATION

The cab doors shall have insulation installed on the interior of the door skin in the areas that will not interfere operation of any of the door components.

DOOR HANDLES

The exterior door handles shall be constructed of die- cast steel and chrome plated for a pleasing appearance. They shall feature a vertically oriented heavy duty pull style handles which are extended out and suitable for easy grasping with a gloved hand.

The interior door handle shall be a paddle style which shall be chrome in color. The paddle shall be hinged towards the rear of the cab.

Each door latch shall feature a military grade aligning dove tail guide striker assembly for precision door closure which prevents sagging throughout the life of the vehicle. No exceptions.

CAB DOOR LOCKS

All cab doors shall include power and manual door locks with keys. The door lock shall include a manual toggle and shall be an integral part of the interior door handle which is red in color. The exterior door lock is integral with the door latch. The cab doors may be unlocked from the exterior with a key or through a thumb turn from inside the cab.

POWER DOOR LOCK OPERATION

Each powered door lock shall be activated by a switch on the Driver and Officer interior front grab handle; which shall control all of the powered cab entry door locks.

POWER DOOR LOCK ACTIVATION

The power entry door locks shall include an electronic door lock system which shall include a switch on the inside of each front cab door and two external keypads. The external key pads shall be located near the driver’s side front door and near the officer’s front door.

The power entry door locks shall include two key fobs for activation of the power door locks.

INTERIOR CAB DOORS

All cab doors shall consist of a one- piece formed and stamped brushed stainless steel interior panel. The panel shall include a formed collar around the interior door latch. The door panels shall be attached to the door with nutserts. ABS material shall not be acceptable. No exceptions.

CAB DOOR TRIM

Each cab door jamb shall include a polished stainless steel trim piece which shall assist in preventing scuffs and abrasion from equipment coming in contact with painted surfaces during egress.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 11

INTERIOR FRONT DOOR PULL

The interior driver and officer cab doors shall each include one (1) customized cast Aluminum single piece door grab pull designed specifically for the fire service.

The single piece door pull shall have a curved designed in an “L” formation to provide multiple points for grasping with a gloved hand. The horizontal dimension shall be a minimum of 28" and the vertical dimension shall be a minimum of 20". The door pulls shall have an ergonomic curve making them easier to grasp when entering and exiting the cab. No Exceptions.

The door pull shall feature secure mounting in three separate locations of the pull utilizing stainless -steel fasteners with nut inserts in each location. Self -tapping screws or other mounting techniques shall not be allowed for interior door pulls or grab handles.

Each handle shall be constructed of A356 aluminum casting and shall feature a black powder coated finish.

INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE REAR DOOR

The interior driver and officer rear cab crew doors shall include one (1) customized cast aluminum single piece door grab pulls designed specifically for the fire service.

A black powder coated cast aluminum grab handle shall be provided on the inside of each rear crew door.

The handle shall extend horizontally the width of the window just above the windowsill. The handle shall have an ergonomic curve making it easier to grasp assisting with entry and egress from the crew ar ea of the vehicle. No Exceptions.

The door pull shall feature secure mounting with Stainless-steel fasteners with nut inserts in each location.

Self-tapping screws or other mounting techniques shall not be allowed for interior door pulls or grab handles.

Each handle shall be constructed of A356 aluminum casting and shall feature a black powder coated finish.

GRAB HANDLES "A" PILLAR

Two (2) additional molded 9.00” rubberized grab handles shall be installed inside the cab adjacent to the front doors. The handles shall be located, one (1) on the driver’s side "A" Pillar and one (1) on the officer's side on the "A" Pillar.

WINDSHIELD

A one (1) -piece, safety glass full width windshield with more than 3,228 square inches of area will be provided. No Exceptions.

The windshield shall feature:

• A completely uninterrupted view from both the driver and officer positions • The windshield will consist of three (3) layers. The outer layer, the middle safety laminate, and the inner layer. The .114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage.
• Economical replacement readily available from auto glass supplier • Easily removable for replacement using standard automotive techniques

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 12
• A frit band will be provided along with an outer trim seal on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM

A single windshield wiper system shall be incorporated in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements. Two (2) 22" windshield wiper arms shall be mounted below the windshield. Each arm shall include a 26" long wiper to provide optimum windshield clearing.

The windshield wiper fluid reservoir can be filled without raising the cab.

WINDSHIELD WIPER ACTIVATION

The windshield wipers shall be activated through a switch on the driver's panel, with intermittent control.

WINDOW -DRIVER'S DOOR

The driver's door shall include a window which measures a minimum of 23.5" wide x 29" high, measured from the midpoints left to right and top to bottom. The window shall have a minimum clear viewing area of 681 square inches. The glass shall include a standard automotive tint and through the use of a manual crank style handle shall roll completely into the door housing.

The window shall be trimmed in a black anodized aluminum ring and rubber seal to keep water from entering the cab when closed.

WINDOW- OFFICER'S DOOR

The officer's door shall include a window which measures a minimum of 23.5" wide x 29" high, measured from the midpoints left to right and top to bottom. The window shall have a minimum clear viewing area of 681 square inches. The glass shall include a standard automotive tint and through the use of a manual crank style handle shall roll completely into the door housing.

The window shall be trimmed in a black anodized aluminum ring and rubber seal to keep water from entering the cab when closed.

REAR DRIVER SIDE CREW WINDOW

The rear driver' s side crew door shall include a window measuring 20.75" wide x 21.75"high with a minimum clear viewable area of 451 square inches. The glass shall include a standard automotive tint and through the use of a manual crank style handle, shall roll completely into the door housing.

REAR OFFICER SIDE CREW WINDOW

The rear officer's side door shall include a window which is 20.75" wide x 21.75" high with a minimum clear viewable area of 451 square inches. The glass shall include standard automotive tint and t hrough the use of a crank style handle, shall roll completely into the door housing.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 13

CAB INTERIOR AND TRIM

CAB INSULATION

The cab shall be insulated from road and vehicle resonance, exterior sound, and thermal intrusion.

The cab insulation system shall be comprised of three separate components each designed to assure optimal thermal and acoustic properties are achieved. Two layers of insulation material shall be utilized.

A minimum of .8” of SCbond Polyurethane Foam insulation shall be applied as an additional insulation between the cab skin and all interior ceiling surfaces. The insulation shall have a density of 10 lb/ft3 +/ -.5 providing better thermal properties and acoustic reduction properties.

A layer of 1/8” barrier bubble film laminated between two layers of reflective metalized film shall be provided in the roof to minimize the effects of radiant heat. The barrier shall be mold and mildew resistant and have a Class A/Class 1 fire rating. The barrier shall have a minimum of a R-5.6 rating. No Exception

The interior cab insulation system shall meet NFPA 1901 14.1.6 standards and ensure that no seated position within the cab exceeds 90dB. This decibel rating shall be measured with the apparatus traveling 45 mph with climate control settings off.

All insulation used in the construction of the cab shall be marine grade featuring longevity and resistance to degradation.

The interior of the cab including the rear wall, side walls and ceiling panels shall be insulated.

Use of open cell material as the primary insulation will not be acceptable. No exceptions.

ENGINE TUNNEL INSULATION

The engine tunnel shall include an insulated barrier from noise on the underside of each tunnel sur face.

This barrier shall be engineered for surrounding engines.

The insulation barrier shall provide an acceptable decibel level within the cab meeting or exceeding the recommendations of NFPA 1901.

The thickness of the engine tunnel insulation shall be 1" thick. The insulating material shall be open cell polyether-based foam with a textured surface, specifically designed for acoustic absorption.

Use of aluminized faced material on the engine tunnel shall not be acceptable. No exceptions.

The engine tunnel insulation shall be precisely cut and sealed to fit each segment on the underside of the tunnel surface. The insulation shall then be affixed by a pressure sensitive adhesive.

The insulation shall meet or exceed FMVSS 302 flammability testing.

INSULATION FASTENING PINS

The insulation shall be affixed with welded in fastening pins.

CAB UNDERBODY INSULATION

The underside of the cab shall include at a minimum of 1" of a uni -seal Cab- Foam insulation offering reducing vibration noise and thermal effect to the interior of the cab.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 14

INSULATION FASTENING PINS

The insulation shall be affixed with welded in fastening pins.

DAMPING INSULATION

The entire cab, including the ceiling and walls shall include additional insulation reducing structure borne noise from vibration, impact, and resonance within the cab.

INTERIOR TRIM MATERIAL

The rear wall of the cab shall be covered in gray 31 oz. marine grade vinyl for a more pleasing

INTERIOR TRIM MATERIAL

The interior trim shall feature a 31 oz. marine gr ade vinyl which features a tensile strength of ASTM D751 of excellent, tear strength meeting the Federal standard 191- 5134 of excellent and shall be oil resistant passing the CID-A-A-2950A requirement for no permeation.

Due to the excellent qualities of t he marine grade vinyl material, no other type of interior trim shall be acceptable. No Exceptions.

The soft trim vinyl shall feature mildew resistance passing ASTM G21- 90 and shall be rated to - 25 degrees Fahrenheit.

The vinyl shall be flame retardant m eeting California Fire Code 117, UFAC Class 1, and BIFMA Class 1 and shall have a high resistance to abrasion.

The interior of the cab including the ceiling panels shall feature this soft trim and shall be gray in color.

THROTTLE AND BRAKE PEDALS

The apparatus shall have suspended throttle and brake pedals.

FLOOR MAT

The interior flooring of the cab shall be covered with an advanced black multi -layer acoustic dampening mat. The floor matting shall be an open/closed cell, flexible polyurethane polyamide material with frictional dampening and dissipation properties. The mat shall be a fire and skid resistant non-wicking material.

INTERIOR FLOOR COVERING

The floor of the cab within the driver and officer seat area, extending towards the fire wall of the cab shall be covered in aluminum tread plate.

SUN VISORS

The driver and officer seats shall feature a sun visor mounted in the header over each seating position.

The sun visors shall be gray tinted plastic.

INTERIOR CAB FINISH

The interior cab shall be finished in a high- performance Polyurethane coating including the interior A, B, C and D pillars, all occupant seat frames and any surrounding surfaces extending to the ball seal around each door.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 15
This type of coating shall feature:

• Durability, scratch, chemical and abrasion resistance • Consistent, even coverage and a uniform texture
• Resistance from fading from exposure to UV light
• Gray in color

ENGINE TUNNEL

The distance from the back of the tunnel to the interior wall shall be 51" measured at floor level and 57" at top of engine tunnel. No Exception.

CAB DASH

The cab dash shall offer heavy duty, durable construction using resin transfer molding (RTM) technology formed composite material. The composite material shall be .28" thick for improved resistance and military type strength.

RTM is a low pressure, closed molding process which offers a dimensionally accurate and high- quality surface finish composite molding, using liquid thermoset polymers reinforced with various forms of fiber reinforcements. The matrix selection of polymer and reinforcement dictates molding mechanical and surface finish performance.

ABS polymer construction shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions.

The cab dash shall offer a finish of a polyurethane coating for a rugged design and finish. No Exceptions.

The polyurethane finish shall provide a tough, flexible, impact -absorbing, chemical & abrasion- resistant, even-textured, and skid- resistant surface. The polyurethane finish shall offer durability and scratch resistance even against today's advanced firefighting turnout materials with consistent, even coverage and a uniform texture. The polyurethane coating finish shall resist fading from UV light.

This construction shall allow for a clean, seamless dash area that s hall reduce unnecessary joining of cab dash components. This design allows for the following features:

• Optimal heating and cooling of cab occupants, HVAC louvers shall be integrated into the gauge panel with a total of six (6) louvers; three louvers pointing at the driver and three louvers pointing at the officer.
• The cab dash instrument cluster shall be installed on a painted panel. This panel shall provide for easy removal to increase serviceability and provide ease of maintenance. • For improved safety cab switches and controls shall be ergonomically located within easy reach of the driver when in the seated position with seatbelts fastened. This design will reduce driver distraction and increase safety by putting frequently accessed driver controls wit hin easy reach to allow the driver more time to focus on the road.
• The officer side cab dash shall have a painted fire service grade RTM composite fiberglass panel that shall house the three HVAC louvers on the officer side. This panel will also provide ergonomically located switches and controls for the officer. All controls shall be within easy reach while in the seated position with seatbelts fastened.
• Access panels on the top of the dash for both the driver and officer sides easing maintenance access to controls, components, and gauge assemblies
• The driver side dash shall include gauges for primary air pressure, secondary air pressure, a Pacific Insight instrumentation gauge panel and the DEF gauge as standard

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 16
• The driver side dash shall also include two (2) lower panels to the left and right of the steering column for FMVSS switches such as the Off/Ignition and start switches and the park brake assembly
• The driver dash shall include a panel for inclusion of an optional Weldon Vista screen and six (6) additional switches or the HVAC controls and additional switching to the right of the driver • The officer dash shall include a recessed area for optional mounting cradles or brackets for a laptop computer, mobile data terminal, map compartment or clip board • The officer dash shall include a panel for inclusion of an optional Weldon Vista screen and or provisions for switches and gauges to the left of the officer

ENGINE TUNNEL

The engine tunnel shall be constructed of aluminum offering superior durability in addition to thermal and acoustic resistance. Covering the engine tunnel shall be a layer of formed composite material for a contoured transition into the dash and offering a pleasing appearance.

The engine tunnel shall feature:

• A low-profile design m easuring approximately 46.5" wide and 21.5" in height from the crew floor shall offer optimum visibility of the windshield and cab interior from any seated position. No Exception.
• The engine tunnel at the driver's position shall be a tapered design, featuring 24" clear width at floor level, first taper shall start 16.5" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 26" and the final taper shall start at 21" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 33". • The engine tunnel at the officer's position shall be a tapered design, featuring 23" clear width at floor level, first taper shall start 16.5" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 22.5" and the final taper shall start at 21" from floor level and taper inward for a clear width of 31.5". • The design shall offer a minimum of 30" for the driver and 28.5" for the officer as measured from the inside door pan to the top edge of the tunnel. The dimension measured at the "H" (hip) point, with the seat in the lowest position, shall be a minimum of 28.5" for the driver and 27" for the officer. No Exception.
• Recessed sections for ease of mounting equipment at the rear of the tunnel or for compartments and bases which can be used for installing Fire/EMS equipment and components such as hand- held radios.

CAB DASH & ENGINE TUNNEL

The cab dash and the engine tunnel of the cab shall be coated with a polyurethane coating for a durable finish. The color shall be gray.

OFFICER GLOVE COMPARTMENT

The officer side of the cab dash shall include a glove compartment with door and latch.

GLOVE COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The glove compartment shall include a Whelen LED lamp to light the interior of the compartment.

MODULAR CENTER DASH CONSOLE

The dash and front portion of the tunnel shall include an angled modular console centered between the driver and officer positions.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 17
The console shall feature:

• Heavy-duty housing constructed from 14-gauge steel which is powder coated with a durable semi- gloss textured black finish to provide glare and corrosion resistance • The console top constructed of black anodized aluminum extruded rails which allow for mounting brackets, plates, and other console options
• Integral nut tracks which allow mounting of equipment to the sides of the console by way of sliding 1/4"-20 hex nuts
• A hinged lid constructed from 16-gauge steel also powder coated for corrosion resistance • The availability of pre-wiring for specific components • A modular design for ease of changes and future additions such as changing out brands of radio, types of sirens or adding accessory space
• The console shall offer 4 areas, 2 upper sections, A and B and 2 lower sections, C and D with mounting plates for optional components.

Havis Console - Pre Configured

CONSOLE MOUNTED SIREN

One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing mounting for a siren shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console.

The location(s) shall be as follows:

--Siren, Elect, Whelen 295SLSA1

CONSOLE MOUNTED TRAFFIC LIGHTBAR CONTROLLER

One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing a plate to mount the traffic advisor lightbar controller shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console.

BLACK MOUNTING PLATE FOR POWER POINTS

Two (2) black mounting plate(s) containing two (2) 12- volt DC power points and one (1) dual USB power point shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console.

The location(s) shall be as follows:

Havis Console - Lower Portion

Havis Console - Lower Portion - Option 1

BLACK MOUNTING PLATE

One (1) black mounting plate(s) containing blank plates shall be provided and incorporated in the modular dash console.

The location(s) shall be as follows:

INSTRUMENTATION PANEL

The instrumentation panel inlay shall be painted the lower job color.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 18

TRIM ROOF

All of the horizontal surfaces on cab roof and trench shall be trimmed in treadplate that provides additional reinforcement:

• .08" thick, 003-H22 bright aluminum embossed treadplate • Stainless steel fasteners
• Silver silicone caulk around the perimeter of the treadplate and at each mounting

CAB HEADER - HEAT AND AC

The cab header shall of fer heavy -duty, durable construction using resin transfer molding (RTM) technology formed composite material. The composite material shall be .28" thick for improved resistance and military type strength.

RTM is a low pressure, closed molding process whi ch offers a dimensionally accurate and high- quality surface finish composite molding, using liquid thermoset polymers reinforced with various forms of fiber reinforcements. The matrix selection of polymer and reinforcement dictates molding mechanical and surface finish performance.

ABS polymer construction shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions.

The cab header shall offer a finish of a polyurethane coating for a rugged design and finish. No Exceptions.

The polyurethane finish shall provide a tough, flexible, impact -absorbing, chemical & abrasion- resistant, even-textured and skid- resistant surface. The polyurethane finish shall offer durability and scratch resistance even against today's advanced firefighting turnout materials with consistent, even coverage and a uniform texture. The polyurethane coating finish shall resist fading from UV light.

The cab header shall also be purpose built for integration of Fire/EMS components and ease of maintenance with panels above both the driver and officer posi tions measuring 8" wide x 15"long for mounting radios, aerial controls, and switches.

HVAC HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEMS

The interior cab climate control shall be comprised of a triple system that shall include a defroster, a cab and crew heater and air conditioner for a complete HVAC system. The air conditioning system shall be comprised of compressor, condenser, and a minimum of three (3) evaporators to provide consistent temperature control throughout the entire cab.

The system shall be rated as an Em ergency Vehicle grade for use in Fire and Rescue style vehicles and shall provide environmental air treatment in accordance with published SAE standards.

The HVAC system shall be tested and certified by the component manufacturer and a third- party independent certified testing laboratory, including all three systems. Documentation of test results shall be provided with the bid. No Exceptions.

The HVAC system shall be a total and complete system, and shall provide sufficient defrosting, heating and cooling to the entire cab. The HVAC system shall meet or exceed all specified items without the use of auxiliary heating and cooling systems.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 19

DEFROSTING SYSTEM

The defrosting system shall feature:

• To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 30, 000 BTU heater-defroster unit will be provided inside the cab.
• The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the instrument panel. For easy access, a removable cover will be installed over the defroster unit. • Six (6 ) vents shall be located in the top forward portion of the dash for superior defrosting properties across the entire windshield.
• Defrost vents for the driver's and officer's windows. • The system shall be capable of clearing 90 percent or more of the windshi eld in fifteen (15) minutes or less after a three (3) hour cold soak at 0 degrees Fahrenheit (-17.78 degrees Celsius). • The system shall exceed flash fogging standards that are set forth in the SAE Heavy-duty cab with sleeper specifications. Documentation from a third- party testing facility shall be available upon request. No Exception.
• The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for t he one (1) piece windshield.

HEATING SYSTEM

The heating system shall feature:

• Delivery of a minimum of 82,000 BTU/hour of heat to the entire cab. • Heat and air circulation shall be provided to the driver's and officer's foot area of the cab as standard through ducting in the foot well area of both positions. No Exception. • Substantial air movement and heating provided to the driver and officer's position, composite dash will have six (6) adjustable louvers, located in the dash, three (3) adjustable louvers directed at the driver and three (3) adjustable louvers directed at the officer and floor vents at the driver and officer.
• Aluminum dash will have (4) adjustable louvers, located in the dash, two (2) adjustable louvers directed at the driver and two (2) adjustable louvers directed at the officer and floor vents at the driver and officer.
• Dual overhead units, with five (5) adjustable louvers shall be mounted above the rear facing seat positions on the driver and officer side of the cab
• The heater shall be plumbed with a shut off valve at the engine, so that the coolant bypasses the heaters.

AIR CONDITIONING

The air conditioning system shall feature:

• One (1) evaporator shall be located under the center dash and two (2) crew overhead evaporators located near the B -pillar on each side of the cab allowing for greater frontal visibility for the forward-facing crew seating and allowing for more interior mounting of accessories. • A gravity condensation drain system shall be utilized. These drains shall remove all condensation from the evaporator units and direct it to the exterior of the chassis cab for optimal performance.

Systems utilizing pumps to remove condensation, or gravity systems with poles or other obstructions located within the cab to route drai ns through shall not be acceptable. No Exceptions.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 20
• Substantial air movement for optimum cooling shall be provided to the driver and officer positions, with six (6) adjustable louvers, located in the dash, three (3) adjustable louvers shall be directed at the driver and three (3) adjustable louvers shall be directed at the officer and floor vents at the driver and officer.
• The air condition system shall be capable of cooling the cab from outside ambient average temp of 104 degrees Fahrenheit (40 degrees Cel sius) to an average inside cab temp of 71 degrees Fahrenheit (22 degrees Celsius) at no less than 50% humidity in 30 minutes with an engine RPM of 1250, after a two (2) hour heat soak. A certification document from the testing facility shall be available upon request. No Exception.
• Proposals offering ceiling mounted evaporator units in the center of the cab above or on the engine tunnel shall not be accepted as this is a safety consideration due to the lack of visibility and communication within the cab.

CAB PAINT AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER COVER

The air conditioning condenser cover shall be made from aluminum and shall be painted to match the roof color. Plastic condenser covers will not be acceptable. No Exception.

HEATER HOSE

The heater hose inside the cab for the HVAC system shall be a premium silicone hose.

CONDENSER

The cab air conditioning system shall include one (1) low profile HE-condenser which shall be centered on the driver's side of the cab roof.

CAB CIRCULATION FANS MID

The cab shall be provided with two (2) individually switched 6.00 inch fans. The fans shall be installed in the crew area inboard of the rear facing seat location. The multipurpose fans can be used for air circulation.

CLEANAIR RECIRCULATION AIR SCRUBBER

The fire apparatus cab shall be equipped with a CleanAir cab recirculation air filtration system. The CleanAir system shall be mounted behind the engine tunnel and be designed to remove harmful particles, volatile organic compounds (VOCs), and other gases from the cab. The system shall contain two (2) different filters housed in a metal box. The activated charcoal filter shall meet a minimum efficiency 75% for removing VOCs on the first pass as tested by an independent particulate testing facility. The testing shall be done to ASHRAE Standard 145.2 Performance of Gas -Phase Air Cleaning Systems. No Exception.

The first filter in the system shall be designed to remove particles such as smoke, vehicle exhaust emissions, dust, etc. from the cab through the use an electrostatically charged MERV (minimum efficiency reporting value) 15 filter. This filter shall be designed to trap 85% -95% of particles with as small as .3 microns. No Exception

The second filter shall be an activated charcoal filter with both coconut shell carbon and potassium permanganate. This combination shall be capable of removing more than 350 different types of contaminants and gasses from the air. The filter shall be trap and/or change the chemical chemistry of the VOCs. No Exception.

The system shall be designed to recirculate the air inside the cab a minimum of 3 times every 10- 15 minutes depending on the size and configuration of the cab.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 21
The system shall be wired through the battery master switch and shall have an on/off switch located near the driver or officer position.

Documentation from the independent laboratory the test results shall be provided upon request.

110 V AUXILLARY ROOF MOUNTED A/C

A 110 volt Coleman air conditioning system shall be provided to cool the crew area of the cab. The system shall consist of one (1) 110 volt air conditioning roof mounted unit which shall be located above the crew area and to be offset off the center roof line to the officer side. The system shall supply 13,500 BTU for cooling. The unit shall be wired to a 110 volt power source.

The installation shall include a drip pan.

HEATING AND COOLING CONTROLS

The HVAC system shall be controlled through all available vista screens, and the HVAC system for the crew area shall be controlled through a manual panel located in the crew area.

REAR CREW AREA CONTROLS –CENTERED OVERHEAD

The controls for the crew area HVAC system shall be mounted overhead, centered between the rear facing seating position.

SEAT AND SEAT BELT COLOR

The seats in the cab shall be black in color with red seat belts.

DRIVER SEAT

The driver’s seat shall be a 911 Seats XL, wide series seat.

Standard features of this 10way Non SCBA 3- point ABTS (all belts to seats) include 108 degree recline, wide contoured back with 2 way adjustable lumbar. Electronic adjustments include fore/aft, up/down, front/rear tilt.

The seat shall feature an XL 21- inch-wide comfort cushion including Seats Incorporated exclusive EVC (elastomeric vibration control) easing tailbone pressure, enhancing comfort, and reducing vibration by up to 50%. This system has Seats Inc’s D2 (dual density) foam combining a soft topper foam pad further enhancing comfort, and a high-density bottom foam base to promote longevity.

The seat(s) shall have a 7-year manufactures warranty, no exception.

Cushion reinforced with French seaming and is NFPA compliant with an occupancy sensor.

SEAT BELT SINGLE RETRACTOR

The seat shall feature 3pt ABTS (all belts to seats). The single retractor seat belt shall feature Ready Reach to ensure that the seat belt is easy to see and grab while in full turnout gear.

SEAT BACK

The seat back shall incorporate a standard style headrest.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 22

SEAT MOUNTING DRIVER

The driver’s electric seat shall be installed in an ergonomic position in relation to the cab dash.

The power seat or seats installed in the cab shall be wired directly to battery power.

SEAT MATERIAL

The seats shall include Turnout Tuff material; this urethane- coated denier nylon is water repellent to 75 PSI of water Pressur e. Suitable for Heavy Duty applications, this cloth has a bursting strength of 300+ pounds per foot and surface abrasion of 1000+ cycles -Heavy Grit Wheel. Modeled after Turnout Gear, this material contains a rip- stop weave stopping unraveling if punctured standing up to hard working environments. Turnout Tuff is manufactured to meet flammability requirements including FMVSS 302, UFAC class 1, and California Fire Code Technical Bulletin No. 117 Section E.

SEAT BACK LOGO

The seat back shall not have any logo.

DRIVER SEAT BOX STORAGE COMPARTMENT

There shall be a storage area under the driver’s seat. The compartment shall be 21.25 inches wide,

22.50-inches long, and 6.25 inches high. The access opening shall be 15.00 inches wide and 4.50 inches high.

ALUMINUM ACCESS DOORS

There shall be aluminum doors provided for covering each of the driver and officer seat compartment openings. The doors shall be coated to match the interior of the cab and shall be equipped with piano- style hinges and manual latches.

OFFICER SEAT

The officer’s seat shall be a 911 Seats Incorporated XL, wide series seat

Standard features of this 10way Non SCBA 3pt ABTS (all belts to seats) include 108 degree recline, wide contoured back with 2 way adjustable lumbar. Electronic adj ustments include fore/aft, up/down, front/rear tilt.

The seat shall feature an XL 21- inch-wide comfort cushion including Seats Incorporated exclusive EVC (elastomeric vibration control), easing tailbone pressure, enhancing comfort, and reducing vibration by up to 50%. This system has Seats Inc’s D2 (dual density) foam combining a soft topper foam pad further enhancing comfort, and a high-density bottom foam base to promote longevity.

The seat(s) shall have a 7-year manufactures warranty, no exception.

Cushion reinforced with French seaming and is NFPA compliant with an occupancy sensor.

SEAT BELT SINGLE RETRACTOR

The seat shall feature 3pt ABTS (all belts to seats). The single retractor seat belt shall feature Ready Reach to ensure that the seat belt is easy to see and grab while in full turnout gear.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 23

SEAT BACK

The seat back shall incorporate a standard style headrest.

SEAT MATERIAL

The seats shall include Turnout Tuff material; this urethane- coated denier nylon is water repellent to 75 PSI of water Pressure. Suitable for Heavy Duty applications, this cloth has a bursting strength of 300+ pounds per foot and surface abrasion of 1000+ cycles -Heavy Grit Wheel. Modeled after Turnout Gear, this material contains a rip- stop weave stopping unraveling if punctured standing up to hard working environments. Turnout Tuff is manufactured to meet flammability requirements including FMVSS 302, UFAC class 1, and California Fire Code Technical Bulletin No. 117 Section E.

SEAT BACK LOGO

The seat back shall not have any logo.

OFFICER’S SEAT BOX STORAGE COMPARTMENT

There shall be a storage area under the officer’s seat. The compartment shall be 19.75 inches wide,

17.50 inches long, and 6.25 inches high. The access opening shall be 9.00 inches wide and 4. 50 inches high.

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT

Two (2) forward facing center crew area seat(s) shall be 911 Seats Incorporated XL, wide series flip bottom seat(s).

The seat(s) shall also feature a 21- inch-wide XL comfort cushion including Seats Incorporated exclusive EVC (elastomeric vibration control), easing tailbone pressure, enhancing comfort, and reducing vibration by up to 50%. This system has Seats Inc’s D2 (dual density) foam combining a soft topper foam pad further enhancing comfort, and a high- density bottom foam base to promote longevity. Seat to include wide comfort back with contoured foam.

The seat(s) shall have a 7-year manufactures warranty, no exception.

Cushion reinforced with French seaming and is NFPA compliant with an occupancy sensor

Provide fold-up arm rests on both seats

Mount seats 18" apart on seat box

Belt Orientation- LH & RH to Door

SEAT BELT SINGLE RETRACTOR

The seat shall feature 3pt ABTS (all belts to seats). The single retractor seat belt shall feature Ready Reach to ensure that the seat belt is easy to see and grab while in full turnout gear.

SEAT BACK SMARTDOCK SCBA BRACKET

The seat shall include a SmartDock Gen 2 hands free SCBA bracket that utilizes a locking mechanism that engages during deceleration. The bracket shall hold the cylinder in place while in transit and release using no straps, levers, buttons or switches. This bracket shall be NFPA 1901 compliant.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 24

PARADE PANEL

The seat shall come with a parade panel.

SEAT MOUNTING FORWARD FACING CENTER

The forward-facing center seats shall be installed facing the front of the cab.

Mount seats 18" apart on seat box

SEAT MATERIAL

The seats shall include Turnout Tuff material; this urethane- coated denier nylon is water repellent to 75 PSI of water Pressure. Suitable for Heavy Duty applications, this cloth has a bursting strength of 300+ pounds per foot and surface abrasion of 1000+ cycles -Heavy Grit Wheel. Modeled after Turnout Gear, this material contains a rip- stop weave stopping unraveling if punctur ed standing up to hard working environments. Turnout Tuff is manufactured to meet flammability requirements including FMVSS 302, UFAC class 1, and California Fire Code Technical Bulletin No. 117 Section E.

SEAT BACK LOGO

The seat back shall not have any logo.

SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING ENCLOSED

The forward facing center seats shall include an enclosed seat box which is located and installed on the rear wall.

The seat frame shall be constructed of no less than 5052-H32 .19" thick aluminum plate.

SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING ACCESS

The seat frame shall include a cutout in the center of the wall facing the tunnel for access. The cutout shall be a minimum of 7.5”h x 28”w.

SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING ACCESS DOOR

The seat frame shall include a door with a flush latch in the center of the wall facing the tunnel.

SEAT COMPARTMENT DOOR FINISH

The seat box doors shall be finished to match the interior finish of the cab.

SEAT COMPARTMENT FINISH

The seat frame shall be finished to match the interior finish of the cab.

HELMET STORAGE MODEL

Four (4) OnScene Talon helmet storage brackets shall be provided with the cab.

Locations TBD during pre-construction

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 25

EXTERIOR GRAB HANDLES

One (1) 18” exterior assist handle shall be mounted behind each of the cab doors . The grab handle shall be made of 1.25” diameter aluminum to enable non- slip assistance with a gloved hand and mounted on stanchions. The handle shall feature red LED lights which shall illuminate when the respective door is opened. The handles shall be mounted to the cab with nutserts. No Exception.

GRAB HANDLE LIGHT ACTIVATION

The grab handle lights shall activate when the park brake is engaged.

CAB FASCIA

The cab fascia shall offer a traditional, yet aggressive appearance, in its design and shall be constructed of work-hardened 5052-H32 aluminum. This design shall feature:

• A super structure which is fully welded to the cab, for a seamless and robust integration • Thermoformed headlamp bezels, constructed of impact resistant, polycarbonate composite which is vacuum metalized to eliminate pealing and bubbling of a chrome type film or plating • Traditional style headlight bezels with 4 x 6 high intensity headlights which shall add a classic look to the fascia while improving visibility

FRONT GRILLE

A prominent front grille shall punctuate the aggressive design of the cab with its outboard wing style warning light bezels and heavy framework. The front grille shall feature:

• Fabricated construction for superior strength and durability • Stainless Steel mirror finish for a distinctive appearance • Up to six (6) warning light locations along the mid bar for a variety of warning light combinations

LIGHT BEZEL

The front grille shall include two (2) wing light bezels. The bezels shall be constructed of a s tainless material and shall be capable of holding one (1) 4” x 6” warning light in each bezel.

DEPARTMENT NAME IN CENTER GRILLE BAR

The fire department's name shall be laser cut into the center bar of the stainless -teel grille. There shall be room for up to (10) characters that are no more than three-inches (3") tall.

CATHEDRAL CITY

GRILLE BACK LIGHTING

The fire department's name shall be back lit in clear with a white backing. The grille light shall come on with the E-Master switch or when the park brake is set.

Backlit Grille Bar Activation - VMux

Activation with parking/head lights

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 26

FRONT GRILLE - UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FLAG INLAY

An American Flag shall be painted over the front grille honeycomb inlay with a minimum of two (2) coats of clear coat to help protect the painted surface.

FLUID FILLS & CHECK

For ease of maintenance and access, the following fluid checks shall be located behind the tiltable and/or removable mesh grille panel:

• Engine oil dipstick
• Engine coolant sight flass
• Power steering fluid dipstick
• Windshield washer fluid

The following fluid fills shall be located behind the tiltable and/or removable mesh grille panel:

• Power steering
• Windshield washer

Proposals including access to fluid checks through the tunnel or by raising the cab shall not be considered.

LED HEADLIGHTS

A set of 4 FireTech 4X6 LED Headlights shall be provided. The kit shall consist of 2 fixtures which operate as SAE VOR “high/low” beams, and 2 fixtures which operate as SAE VO “high-only” beams. All 4 headlights shall have a SAE “P” parking lamp halo surrounding the driving beams, which shall be energized any time the vehicle park brake is set. Optically, on the high/low headlight, an articulated set of elliptical optics must be used to illuminate the foreground while operating in “low” beam mode. The lens of the high/low beam headlight shall be marked “DOT VOR SAE HL P 16.” The lens of the high- only beam shall be marked “DOT VO SAE HL P 16.” All circuits of the headlights shall be designed to operate from 9-32v DC.

All 4 fixtures must be manufactured such that the internal pressure of the headlight remains constant regardless of operating temperature. The housing shall be equipped with a mechanically f astened GORE PolyVent. Similar functioning vent materials affixed to the housing using adhesive shall not be acceptable for substitution.

The headlights shall be installed, wired, and aimed, in accordance with FMVSS108. The manufacturer of the headlights shall warrant the headlights against defects for the life of the apparatus.

The headlights shall be warranted against failure and condensation accumulation by HiViz for the life of the apparatus.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS

The daytime running light featur e shall include the headlights on low beam and the marker lights shall be illuminated and a wig-wag or alternating feature.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 27

HEADLIGHT FLASHER

Deliberate operator selection of high beams will override the flashing function until low beams are again selected. Per NFPA, these clear flashing lights will also be disabled “On Scene” when the park brake is applied.

HEADLIGHT FLASHER SWITCH

The alternating high beam headlamp switch shall be located in the VISTA screen.

HEADLIGHT LOCATION

The headlights shall be located on the front fascia in the lower buckets, on each side of the cab grille.

106 OS, 107 OS, and 106 DS, 107 DS

FRONT TURN SIGNALS

Two (2) Whelen Series 600 LED square front turn signal assemblies shall be supplied. Each turn signal shall be mounted in an attractive façade style bezel which is an integral part of the fascia.

TURN SIGNAL LOCATION

The turn signals shall be located on the front fascia in the upper wing locations, one on each side of the cab grille.

103 OS & DS

FRONT MARKER LAMPS

The cab front shall include five (5) LED amber marker lamps above the windshield in accordance with the Department of Transportation requirements.

SIDE MARKER LIGHTS

Two (2) LED side marker light assemblies shall be mounted on the side of the cab ahead of the driver door, adjacent to the front head lamp bezel.

HEADLIGHT AND MARKER LIGHT ACTIVATION

The headlight and marker lights shall be activated through a switch on the driver's panel.

CAB FENDERS

The cab wheel wells shall have full width, 14 -gauge 304 polished, stainless -steel cab fenders to resist corrosion and enable easier cleaning maintenance. The inner liner, measuring 18" wide shall be constructed of plastic with an outer fenderette measuring 2.5" wide. The inner liner shall be installed with 410 stainless-steel hardware that has been coated with black zinc oxide.

FRONT MUD FLAPS

The cab and chassis shall be provided with rubber front mud flaps with the Rosenbauer "R" logo.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 28

CAB TILT SYSTEM

The cab shall be a full tilt style. A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. The cab tilt pump shall be mounted on the right -hand side of the chassis frame in front of the batteries bel ow the frame. The mounting bracket shall be Hot Dipped Galvanized.

The dual lift cylinders shall lift the cab 45 degrees from a horizontal plane facilitating easy engine maintenance. The chassis engine shall be able to be removed if required without tilting the cab beyond 45-degrees.

The center line of the chassis cab tilt shall be a minimum of 76" from the center line of the front axle, providing a large corridor between the cab and front tire for maximum workspace and accessibility to the fan, fan belt, fan drive, air compressor, power steering pump, alternator, and air filter.

The tilt angle shall allow access to the engine and area under the cab without contacting any components mounted to the gravel shield.

The front cab pivot assemblies shall be a 1/2" A36 steel plate with a .31" thick 2- 1/2" diameter tube cross member mechanically attached to the cab and frame. There shall be two (2) greaseable rubber isolated engineered bushings to reduce the transfer of road vibrations into the cab.

The cab shall be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic spring-loaded hook mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered.

The cylinders shall include blocking valves (velocity fuses) which prevent motion when no control buttons are pushed. In the event of a hydraulic system failure, the valves shall retain the fluid in the cylinders.

A redundant mechanical stay arm shall automatically be engaged once the cab has been fully raised.

Before lowering the cab, this device must be disengaged using the stay arm control located on the driver’s side rear of the cab, providing the operator protection from high engine exhaust temperatures. The stay arm shall be safety yellow for high visibility so that it is easy to see whether the arm is in place or not. No Exception

All mounting points shall be bolted directly to the frame rail.

The cab lift safety system shall be interlocked with the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set, and the battery master switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is release, the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled.

There shall be a manual pump incorporated in the event of a system failure to the cab tilt system.

A warning light shall illuminate in the cab instrument panel to indicate whenever the cab is not fully latched in the locked down position, and the parking brake is released.

CAB TILT LIMIT SWITCH

An adjustable cab tilt limit switch shall be included with the cab tilt system. The s witch shall effectively limit cab's travel to avoid impact with bumper mounted items, or station ceiling clearance, while being tilted. There shall be a safety bar to hold the cab at the new adjusted height for additional safety.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 29

CAB TILT LOCK DOWN INDICATOR

The cab dash shall include a message located within the dual air pressure gauge which shall alert the driver when the cab is unlocked and ajar. The alert message shall cease to be displayed when the cab is in the fully lowered position and the hold down hooks are secured and locked to the cab mounts.

In addition to the alert message an audible alarm shall sound when the cab is unlocked and ajar and the parking brake is released.

REARVIEW MIRRORS

The cab exterior shall include Ramco bus style mirr ors, one (1) mounted on the drivers’ door and one (1) mounted on the officer's side front cab corner radius below the windshield.

The driver's side mirror shall be model 6000- FFHR-750HR. The mirror head shall be die- cast aluminum that measures 9.75" wide x 13.00" high and is mounted with a polished die-cast aluminum arm.

The officer’s side mirror shall be model 6018-FFHR-750HR. The mirror head shall be die- cast aluminum that measures 9.75" wide x 13.00" high and is mounted with an 15" long polished cast aluminum arm.

The mirrors shall feature an upper heated and remote convex glass with a lower heated remote flat glass.

The mirror control controls shall be located within easy reach of the driver. The mirrors shall be manufactured using the finest quality non-glare glass and shall feature a rigid mounting reducing vibration.

The mirrors shall be corrosion free under all weather conditions.

Officer and Driver door mounted

REARVIEW MIRROR REMOTE ACTIVATION

The driver's panel shall include activation for the rearview mirrors remote function. The driver panel shall also include a switch activating the mirrors to be heated.

CAB TWO TONE PAINT

The cab surface shall be thoroughly washed with grease cutting solvent Sikkens M600 prior to any sanding. The cab surface shall then be sanded, and minor imperfections filled and sanded. The prepared surface shall then be washed again with Sikkens M600 to remove any contaminants from all surfaces to be painted.

The first coating to be applied shall be a pre- treat epoxy primer (Minimum of 1.0 mil dry film thickness) for maximum adhesion to the body material. The next two to three coats shall be a polyurethane primer resurfacing agent AkzoNobel LV650. The film build shall be up to 8 mils' when dry. The primer coat, after appropriate dry time, shall be sanded with 320 grit sandpaper to ensure a maximum gloss finish.

The cab shall then be painted with the specific colors designated by the customer with a minimum thickness of 1.00 mils of finished paint, followed by a clear topcoat not to exceed 3.00 mils.

CAB PAINT UPPER

The upper or secondary cab color shall be AkzoNobel______________________ color and ____________ number.

Paint Code: TBD by pre-construction

Paint Color: Undetermined

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 30

CAB PAINT LOWER

The lower or primary cab color shall be AkzoNobel______________________ color and ____________ number.

Paint Code: TBD by pre-construction

Paint Color: Red

Cab Paint Exterior Breakline - Paint Break A

CAB PAINT BREAK FINISH-SINGLE

The paint break line shall be of a finish grade quality that shall not require that any pinstripe be installed over the paint break line.

CAB UNDERCOAT

The cab shall have an undercoat applied prior to the cab being set on the running gear. The under coat shall be a waterborne, one- component, air dry undercoat formulated to prevent chipping, cracking, and marring of painted or unpainted surfaces after exposure to high impact sand, gravel or other abrasive materials. It shall also have high corrosion resistance.

PAINT SPRAY OUT

The customer shall be supplied with a paint spray out of their chosen color(s) for approval prior to the chassis cab exterior being painted.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 31

FRONT AXLE

The Hendrickson SteerTek front axle beam shall be rated to carry 24,000 lbs. and consist of a fabricated box cross section construction with 100ksi plate and a continuous beam architecture to minimize stress points for added durability. The box shaped cross section resists horizontal, vertical, and twisting forces more effectively than traditional I -beam axles while helping to reduce dynamic camber and toe changes therefore a traditional I -beam axle shall not be considered. The axle shall incorporate a removable kingpin feature for ease of kingpin serviceability. The knuckles shall allow for compatibility with disc brakes mounted at the 12-o’clock position and with drum brakes and allow for wheel cut up to 45 degrees.

They shall also utilize premium kingpin bushings and seals to provide enhanced protection from the elements to improve bushing life.

The axle shall have a magnetic drain plug in the hubs.

The axle shall be warranted for five (5) years or five hundred thousand (500,000) miles, whichever comes first. No Exception.

FRONT WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION

The front axle wheel bearings shall be lubricated with oil. The oil level can be visually checked via clear inspection windows in the front axle hubs.

FRONT SUSPENSION

The suspension shall consist of multi -leaf parabolic springs with double wrapped front eye that are packaged within an integrated clamp group that allows for ease of OEM assembly on to the axle beam and reduced part count. The clamp group bolts are tightened on the top of the clamp group opposed to the traditional U -bolt on the bottom maki ng it easier to access with a torque wrench for servicing. The spring shall also include a lower shock attachment with an upturned eye. The springs will contain threaded pin bushings to allow simplification of spring alignment as well as long service lif e and improved ride quality. The suspension and spring geometry will be optimized to provide improved bump steer and Ackermann.

Two ZF Sachs twin- tube shocks shall be provided with the front suspension assembly. The shocks shall be specially developed for parabolic leaf springs with a digressive characteristic curve using a patented piston system. The shocks shall feature multi-stage piston and base valves.

The combination of valves shall achieve the desired damping characteristics that are ideal for the application. The suspension shall be rated for a minimum of 24,000 lbs. No Exception.

POWER STEERING GEAR WITH ASSIST

The power steering gear shall be a TRW model TAS 85 and shall include the following:

• A balanced, hydraulic, positive displacement, sliding vane power steering pump which is gear driven from the engine
• One-piece, 2" diameter drag link for maintaining consistent wheel alignment resulting in less maintenance.
• The steering gear shall be mounted on a plane that is at a 9- degree angle in relationship to the center plane of the chassis. This mounting technique is designed to reduce the operating angle of input steering shafts. A more direct, responsive, and smoother handling vehicle will result from these unique design characteristics.
• A certified torque and geometry study by TRW shall be available upon request.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 32

CHASSIS ALIGNMENT

The chassis frame rails shall be measured to ensure the length is correct and cross checked to make sure they run parallel and are square to each other. The front and rear axles shall be laser aligned. The front tires and wheels shall be aligned and toe-in set on the front tires by the apparatus manufacturer.

Alignment documentation shall be available upon request.

STEER TIRES

The steer tires shall be Michelin 445 65R 22.5 "L” tubeless radial XZY3 mixed service on/off road tread.

The steer tires shall feature:

• A stamped load capacity of 25,600 pounds per axle with a speed capacity of 65 miles per hour when properly inflated to 130 pounds per square inch

TIRE BALANCING

All tires shall contain counter acting balancing beads. Rim mounted weights are unacceptable, no exceptions.

FRONT WHEEL

The front wheels shall be Alcoa hub piloted, 22.50- inch X 13.00-inch polished aluminum wheels. The hub piloted mounting system shall provide easy installation and shall include two- piece flange nuts. The wheels shall feature one-piece forged strength and a polished finish that lasts.

FRONT AXLE CRAMP ANGLE

The chassis shall have a front axle cramp angle of 37 degrees to the left and right.

FRONT BRAKES

The front brakes shall be Meritor EX225 Disc Plus disc brakes with 17" vented rotors. The disc brakes shall be provided with visual wear indicators.

The front brakes shall include brake chambers supplied by Meritor and shall be approved per application.

STEERING COLUMN AND WHEEL

The cab shall include a Douglas Autotech steering column. The steering column shall feature an 18”, four (4) spoke steering wheel located at the driver’s position; a five (5) position tilt and 2.25” telescopic adjustment. The steering wheel shall be provided with a black vinyl cover with foam padding and a horn button, self-canceling turn signal switch, four-way hazard switch and headlamp dimmer switch.

The chassis shall include dual electric 12-volt horn with a minimum of 110 decibels.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 33

REAR AXLE

A Meritor RT-52-185 tandem driving axle shall be incorporated as the rear axle for the chassis.

The axle shall feature:

• Rated capacity of 54,000 pounds
• Heavy duty Hypoid gearing for longer life, increased strengt, and quieter operation • Industry-standard wheel ends for compatibility with both disc and drum brakes, and unitized oil seal technology to keep lubricant in and help prevent contaminant damage • Rigid differential case for high axle strength, and reduced maintenance • Rugged Dependability
• Rectangular shaped, hot formed housing with a standard wall thickness at spring seat of .56” for extra strength and rigidity
• A magnetic plug
• 5-year warranty

REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL LUBRICATION

The rear axle differential shall be lubricated with oil.

REAR WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION

The rear axle wheel bearings shall be lubricated with oil.

REAR SUSPENSION

The tandem axle shall feature a Link Air Link™ AL- 540 air suspension. The Air Link AL- 540 shall be a unique suspension design that combines the load equalization and traction of a walking beam with the ride quality of an air suspension. The suspension shall feature only two (2) moving parts for long wear and low maintenance cost. The rear tandem suspension shall have 60.00 inch axle centers.

Dual air height control valves shall be installed to ensure equal frame height on both sides of the vehicle regardless of the load, as well as prevent body twisting.

The rear suspension shall be run flat capable at reduced speeds.

The rear suspension capacity shall be rated at 54,000 pounds.

BRAKE SYSTEM

A rapid build-up air brake system shall be provided. The air brakes shall include a three (3) air tank, four (4) reservoir system with a minim um of 5852 cubic inch of air capacity. A floor mounted treadle valve shall be mounted inside the cab for graduated control of applying and releasing the brakes. The system shall include an anti -compounding feature. All air reservoirs provided on the chas sis shall be labeled for identification.

The rear axle spring brakes shall automatically apply in any situation when the air pressure falls below 25 PSI and shall include a mechanical means for releasing the spring brakes when necessary. An audible alarm shall activate when the system air pressure is below 60 PSI.

A six (6) sensor, six (6) modulator Anti -lock Braking System (ABS) shall be installed on the front and tandem rear axles in order to prevent the brakes from locking or skidding while braking during hard stops or on icy or wet surfaces. This in turn shall allow the driver to maintain steering control under heavy

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 34
braking and in most instances, shorten the braking distance. The electronic monitoring system shall incorporate diagonal circuitry whi ch shall monitor wheel speed during braking through a sensor and tone ring on each wheel. A dash mounted ABS lamp shall be provided to notify the driver of a system malfunction. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking system device when required. The speedometer screen shall be capable of reporting all active defaults using PID/SID and FMI standards.

Additional safety shall be accommodated through Automatic Traction Control (ATC) which shall be installed on the tandem rear axl e. The ATC system shall apply the ABS when the drive wheels loose traction. The system shall scale the electronic engine throttle back to prevent wheel spin while accelerating on ice or wet surfaces.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) unit is a funct ional extension of the electronic braking system. It is able to detect any skidding of the vehicle about its vertical axis as well as any rollover tendency. The control unit comprises an angular-speed sensor that measures the vehicle’s motion about the vertical axis, caused, for instance, by cornering or by skidding on a slippery road surface. An acceleration sensor measures the vehicle’s lateral acceleration. The Controller Area Network (CAN) bus provides information on the steering angle. On the basis of lateral acceleration and steering angle, an integrated microcontroller calculates a theoretical angular speed for the stable vehicle condition.

The Meritor Wabco ABS and ESC system shall come with a three (3) year/300,000- mile parts and labor warranty.

REAR BRAKES

The rear brakes shall be Meritor 16.50" X 7.00" S-cam drum type.

The rear brakes shall include brake chambers supplied by Meritor and shall be approved per application.

REAR BRAKE DUST SHIELDS

The rear brakes shall be equipped with brake dust shields.

REAR BRAKE SLACK ADJUSTERS

The rear brakes shall include Meritor automatic slack adjusters installed on the axle which features a simple, durable design offering reduced weight. The automatic slack adjusters shall feature a manual adjusting nut which cannot inadvertently be backed off and threaded grease fittings for easy serviceability.

REAR SHOCK ABSORBERS

Shock absorbers shall be supplied by the suspension manufacturer and installed on the rear axle suspension.

REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL

The tandem axles shall include an inter-axle differential lock which shall allow both axles to be engaged as drive axles.

INTERAXLE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL ACTIVATION

The inter-axle differential lock control shall be activated through a switch on the driver's panel.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 35

REAR TIRES

The rear tires shall be Michelin 12R-22.5 16PR "H" tubeless radial XDN2.

The rear tires shall feature:

• All weather tread designed for premier traction and mileage • A stamped load capacity shall of 27,120 pounds per axle with a speed capacity of 75 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch

TIRE BALANCING

All tires shall contain counter acting balancing beads. Rim mounted weights are unacceptable, no exceptions.

REAR WHEELS

The rear wheels shall be Accuride hub piloted, 22.50- inch X 8.25- inch steel wheels. The hub piloted mounting system shall provide easy installation and shall include two-piece flange nuts.

WHEEL PAINT

Each of the steel wheels shall be pretreated in a zinc phos phate bath, coated with an acrylic cathode electro deposited black primer base coat (E -Coat). The E -Coat shall exceed 336 hours under industry standard ASTM salt spray testing.

VALVE STEM EXTENSION - TANDEM AXLE

To allow for easy checking and inflation of the rear inner tires shall be equipped with a multi -layer valve stem extension. The layers shall be as follows: starting from the inner to outer layer - a stainless-steel metal core, an air tube, a stainless-steel jacket, a protective cover.

VEHICLE TOP SPEED

The top speed of the vehicle shall be programmed at approximately 60 MPH +/ -2 MPH at the governed engine RPM.

AIR TANK BRACKETS & STRAPS

The air tank(s) shall be mounted to the frame rail with brackets that are hot dipped galvanized thereby creating a barrier and cathodic protection from corrosion and eliminating the requirement for finish paint and the subsequent requirements for touch up paint and/or total repaint after a period of time due to nicks, chips and corrosion. Powder coated or painted air tank brackets shall not be accepted. No exception.

All of the air tank straps shall be plastic coated stainless-steel cable. No Exception.

PARK BRAKE

Upon application of the push-pull valve in the cab, the rear brakes will engage via mechanical spring force.

This is accomplished by dual chamber rear brakes, satisfying the FMVSS parking brake requirements.

Park brake system shall include an anti-compounding feature.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 36

PARK BRAKE CONTROL

A Meritor-Wabco manual hand control push- pull style valve shall operate the parking brake system. The control shall be yellow in color.

The parking brake actuation valve shall be mounted on the driver's side dash to the right of the steering column within easy reach of the driver.

AIR DRYER

The brake syst em shall include a Wabco System Saver 1200 Plus air dryer with an integral 100- watt heater with a Metri -Pack sealed connector. The system shall have an integrated purge volume and integrated governor.

The system shall have the following features:

• Premium desiccant provides greater water adsorption
• Replaceable spin on cartridge for simple maintenance
• Compact light weight design
• Pressure relief safety valve
• Turbo cut-off valve for boosted compressor applications • Service components are external for easy replacement
• Common service components proven for reliability and quality • Integrated with the air governor.

MOISTURE EJECTORS

Manual pet-cock type drain valves shall be installed on all reservoir tanks in the air supply system.

AIR SUPPLY LINES

A dual air system plumbed with color coded reinforced nylon tubing air lines shall be installed on the chassis. The primary (rear) brake line shall be green, the secondary (front) brake line orange, the parking brake line yellow and the auxiliary (outlet) will be black, in accordance with SAE standards. No Exception.

Brass push- lock type fittings shall be used on the nylon tubing. All drop hoses shall include fiber reinforced neoprene covered hoses.

AIR HORN RESERVOIR

One (1) air tank, with a 1200 cubic i nch reservoir, shall be installed on the chassis to act as a supply tank for operating air horns. The reservoir shall be isolated with a 90 PSI pressure protection valve on the reservoir supply side to prevent depletion of the air to the air brake system.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 37
FRAME

The chassis frame shall consist of two (2) “C” style parallel rails, constructed of high strength low alloy and shall feature the following:

• A Stenx MODEL 110XF 10.19” high by 3.63” deep cold rolled steel frame or equivalent. • .38” thick flange
• Inner channel measuring 9.31" high x 3.25" deep x .25" thick • The 10.19” frame height shall be maintained throughout the entire length of the frame to allow for maximum storage capacity for the entire apparatus.
• If frame rails that are larger than those specified are to be utilized, the maximum height of each frame rail shall not exceed 10.25” at any point on the frame rail. This will ensure the lowest possible vehicle center of gravity allowing maximum stability as well as providing the lowest body height possible.
• Frame rail shall have a consistent frame web throughout the entire length. • The entire frame rail design shall be manufactured in the United States of America and readily available on the aftermarket.
• Grade 8 Structural fasteners, Huck bolts shall not be acceptable. No Exception. • The hardware used for the chassis shall be corrosion resistant. The process shall be dip- spin- bake coated with two coats of zinc/aluminum metal flake coating in an inorganic binder. Coating one is to be zinc flake and coating two is to be aluminum flake. The zinc flakes sacrificially corrode to protect the base metal. The aluminum flakes prolong the life of the zinc. Salt fog test life, based on ASTM B117 on unassembled fasteners, is 1000 hours to red rust. The same test on assembled fasteners is 750 hours to red rust. The two- step coating is RoHS compliant as it eliminates the hexavalent chromium used in the passivation of electroplated zinc coatings to create yellow zinc (zinc dichromate). The elimination of the z inc plating also greatly reduces the likelihood that hydrogen embrittlement will occur. Hydrogen embrittlement is a side effect of electroplating that reduces toughness and can lead to fracture. No Exception • Manufacturer's lifetime warranty

The frame ratings shall be as follows:

• 110,000 PSI minimum yield strength high strength low alloy steel • Minimum Resisting Bending Moment (RBM) of 2,810,000-inch pounds per rail

To avoid frame cracking and failure over time, the top flange of the frame adjacent to the engine installation shall have a tapered design. Notches for engine components shall not be accepted due to fatigue and the potential for cracking. No Exceptions

UNDER-FRAME REINFORCEMENT

An under-slung frame reinforcement shall be installed below the frame rails in the transmission area to increase the vertical rigidity of the frame.

The under-frame reinforcement provides:

• Enhanced handling
• Improved ride quality
• Increase resistance to frame and cross member fatigue • Enhanced vehicle stability providing improved safety to occupants

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 38

CROSS MEMBERS

There shall be a minimum of seven (7) steel plate cross members installed on the apparatus.

• 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel plate cross members • Manufacturer's lifetime warranty to match frame warranty. No Exceptions. • Installed with one- piece cross member gusset to maximize vertical strength and minimize cross member flex
• Crossmembers can be inverted when required to allow for PTO drive line installation without the need for notching or modifying the cross members in any way. No Exceptions.

FRONT FRAME EXTENSION

A single piece 80,000 PSI steel extension shall be installed on the front of the frame rails.

• Reduces frame flex which translates into improved vehicle handling and ride quality • Designs using multiple piece, bolt together extensions will not be acceptable since they are prone to more flexing, possible frame failure and cab cracking • Allows radiator to be removed through the bottom of the frame extension without tilting the chassis cab
• Minimizes damage to the chassis cab in the event of frontal impact accident • Maintains structural integrity of the chassis frame rails while attaching bumper extensions of varying lengths
• Splayed or notched frame rails and/or extensions shall not be accepted • Provides foundational strength and stability of the cab tilt system which provides superior access to engine and cooling components

FRAME FINISH

The frame shall be powder coated to resist weather, dirt and other corrosive material.

TOW EYES

Two (2) 3" tow eyes shall be shipped loose. The tow eyes shall be heavy polished nickel plated steel which shall not chip when used with chains and hooks.

ENGINE

A Cummins X15 15-liter diesel fueled; turbo charged engine shall feature the following:

• One of the highest power to weight ratios in its class • Heavy-duty replaceable wet liners, roller followers, by -pass oil filtration with replaceable spin on cartridge and targeted piston cooling for longer service in tough work environments • Improved cooled EGR system
• 912 cubic inches of displacement
• High pressure common rail fuel system producing a precise quantity of fuel at ultra-high pressures • Fully integrated, robust electronic engine controls
• Electric fuel lift pump. No Exceptions.
• Standard drain plug

The engine shall be coupled with a Holset VGT™ (Variable Geometry Turbocharger).

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 39
The engine shall be filled with Citgo brand Citgard 500 (or equivalent) SAE 15W40 CJ4 low ash engine oil for proper engine lubrication.

The engine shall be EPA certified to meet the 2021 emissions standards without compromising performance, reliability or durability using cooled exhaust gas recirculation and selective catalytic reduction technology.

The engine shall include an original equipment manufacturer installed oil drain plug.

The engine shall include programming which will govern the top speed of the vehicle.

ENGINE PLACEMENT

The engine shall be a maximum of 36" from the center line of the front axle to the front face of the engine block. The engine valve cover shall be a maximum of 23" from the top of the frame.

The engine placement shall provide optimal weight distribution to the front axle to enhance vehicle handling. More weight out in front of the front axle can cause a “fulcrum effect” and cause unsafe “bump steer” conditions.

The engine shall be mounted in a position that provides for the lowest possible height of the interior engine tunnel. An engine tunnel height from the floor of the chassis cab shall be no more than 21” high inside the cab.

AIR COMPRESSOR

The air compressor provided for the engine shall be a Wabco® SS318 single cylinder pass -through drive type compressor which shall be capable of producing 18.7 CFM at 1200 engine RPMs. The air compressor shall feature a higher delivery efficienc y translating to more air delivery per horsepower absorbed. The compressor shall include an aluminum cylinder head which shall improve cooling, reduce weight and decrease carbon formation. Superior piston and bore finishing technology shall reduce oil consumption and significantly increase the system's component life.

AIR GOVERNOR

An air governor shall be provided to control the cut -in and cut -out pressures of the engine mounted air compressor. The governor shall be calibrated to meet FMVSS requirements. The air governor shall be integrated in the air dryer assembly.

HORSEPOWER

The engine shall have 600 horsepower at 1800 RPM, with a governed speed of 2100 RPM.

The engine shall have 1850-foot pounds of torque at 1150 RPM.

ENGINE FAN DRIVE

The engine cooling system fan shall incorporate a thermostatically controlled, one (1) piece eleven (11) blade Horton clutched type fan drive and shroud.

When the clutched fan is disengaged it shall facilitate improved vehicle performance, cab heating in col d climates, and fuel economy. The fan clutch design shall be fail safe so that if the clutch drive fails, the fan shall engage to prevent engine overheating due to a fan clutch failure.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 40

CLUTCH FAN SWITCH

A switch on the dash shall be provided to turn t he fan clutch on and off manually. The switch shall not function to turn off the fan when the fan is activated due to high coolant temperature.

Driver's VISTA screen

FAN CLUTCH

The clutch fan shall automatically engage in pump mode (when applicable).

AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE

A Cummins engine compression brake, for the six (6) cylinder engine, shall be provided. The engine compression brake shall:

• Activate upon 0% accelerator when in operation mode and activate the vehicle’s brake lights.

TRANSMISSION PRE-SELECT

When the auxiliary brake is engaged, the transmission shall automatically shift to second gear to decrease the rate of speed. The transmission shall assist the secondary braking system, thereby slowing the vehicle.

AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL

An auxiliary engine brake control device shall be included. The electronic control device shall monitor various conditions and shall activate the engine brake only if all of the following conditions are simultaneously detected:

• A valid gear ratio is detected.
• The driver has requested or enabled engine compression brake operation. • The throttle is at a minimum engine speed position.
• The electronic controller is not presently attempting to execute an electronically controlled final drive gear shift.

The auxiliary brake shall be controlled through an on/off switch and individual low/medium/high selector switches on the Driver's panel.

ENGINE PROGRAMMING HIGH IDLE SPEED

The engine high idle will be set at 1250 RPM. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is applied, and the truck transmission is shifted into neutral.

ENGINE HIGH IDLE CONTROL

The vehicle shall be equipped with an automatic high- idle speed control. It shall be pre- set so when activated, it will operate the engine at the appropriate RPM to increase alternator output and optimize output of the HVAC system.

This device shall operate only when the control switch is activated and the transmission is in neutral with the parking brake set. The device shall disengage when the operator depresses the brake pedal, or the transmission is placed in gear, and shall be available to engage manually, through a switch, or automatically re-engage when the brake is set, or when the transmission is placed in neutral.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 41

ENGINE AIR INTAKE

The engine air intake system shall include an ember separator air intake filter which shall be located behind the fascia.

The filter shall protect the downstream air filter from embers using a combination of unique flat and crimped metal screens constructed into a corrosion resistant steel frame.

This multilayered screen shall be designed to trap embers or allow them to burn out before passing through the pack, while creating only minimal air flow restriction through the system. Periodic cleaning or replacement of the screen shall be all that is required after installation.

The intake shall also feature a cyclone style water separator to remove unwanted moisture from incoming air.

The engine shall include an air intake filter which shall be bolted to the frame and located under the front of the cab. This dry type of filter shall ensure dust and debris is safely contained inside the disposable housing, eliminating the chance of contaminating the air intake system during air filter service via a leak- tight seal.

The filter must have a capacity of no less than 1350 cubic feet of air per minute. The filter paper media must be of a flame retardant treated material. An electric air filter restriction indicator shall also be included with the system.

ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM

The exhaust system shall include a one- piece diesel particulate filter (DPF), a diesel oxidation catalyst, and a selective catalytic reduction catalyst (SCR) to meet current EPA standards.

The selective catalytic reduction catalyst shall utilize a diesel exhaust fluid solution consisting of urea and purified water to convert nitrogen oxide into nitrogen, water, and trace amounts of carbon dioxide. The solution shall be injected into the system between the DPF and SCR chambers.

The system shall utilize 0.065- inch-thick stainless steel exhaust tubing between the engine turbo and the DPF.

The after-treatment canister through the end of the tailpipe shall all be connected with zero leak gasketed clamps. The discharge shall terminate horizontally on the right side of the vehicle ahead of the rear tires with an exhaust gas diffuser.

The diffuser shall lower exhaust gas temperatures during the regeneration cycle.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK

There shall be a molded cross linked polyethylene tank for the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). The tank shall have a capacity of not less than five (5) usable gallons (18.92 Liters) and shall be mounted on the left - hand side of the chassis frame in front of the batteries below the frame. The mounting bracket shall be Hot Dipped Galvanized.

The DEF tank shall be designed with capacity for expansion in case of fluid freezing. Engine coolant, which shall be thermostatically controlled, shall be run through lines in the tank to help prevent the DEF from freezing and to provide a means of thawing the fluid if it should become frozen.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 42

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK

There shall be an access door provided in the top rear step of left side crew area for access to the DEF tank.

ENGINE EXHAUST ACCESSORIES

An exhaust temperature mitigation device shall be shipped loose for installation by the body manufacturer on the vehicle. The temperature mitigation device shall lower the temperature of the exhaust by combining ambient air with the exhaust gases at the exhaust outlet.

ENGINE EXHAUST WRAP

The exhaust tubing between the engine turbo and the diesel particulate filter (DPF) shall be wrapped with a thermal cover in order to retain the necessary heat for DPF regeneration. The exhaust wrap shall also help protect surrounding components from radiant heat which can be transferred from the exhaust.

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CONTROLS

Provide DPF system status annunciation indicator lights, lights shall be installed on driver dash to alert driver when regeneration is needed and when DPF is in an active re-generation cycle.

Warning systems shall provide DEF low level warning.

Driver's dash shall be provided with two (2) controls for the Diesel particulate filter; one (1) manual regeneration switch to act ivate a regeneration cycle manually when passive burn is unobtainable due to driving conditions; and one (1) Regen "Inhibit Switch".

The switches shall be located in a covered location.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system requirements.

The system shall include and feature the following:

• A vertically stacked charge air cooler producing the maximum cooling capacity for the engine. Proposals offering horizontally stacked charge air cooler shall not be acceptable.

No Exceptions
• The charge air cooler and radiator shall measure not less than 1382 square inches • A surge tank with a low coolant probe and capable of removing entrained air from the cooling system, with built in sight glass
• Radiator re-circulation shields to prevent heated air from re- entering the cooling system and affecting performance
• Mounts allowing the entire radiator to drop through the frame for service when needed.

No Exceptions
• Engine placement shall provide a minimum of 8” between the engine fan and radiator to maximize the airflow and cooling of the engine.
• A Spin on Element water filter with corrosion inhibitor shall be provided for the cooling system. No Exception.
• The coolant filter shall be provided with two (2) shut off valves, one (1) one inlet and one (1) outlet. No Exception.
• Cooling system shall be tested and certified by the engine manufacturer

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 43

COOLANT HOSES

The cooling systems hose shall be formed silicone hose and formed aluminized steel tubing and include constant tension spring clamps.

ENGINE COOLANT

The cooling package shall include Extended Life Coolant (ELC). The use of ELC provides longer intervals between coolant changes over standard coolants providing improved perfor mance. The coolant shall contain a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol and de- ionized water to keep the coolant from freezing to a temperature of -34 degrees F.

Supplemental coolant additives (SCA) are not required as this is part of the extended life coolant makeup.

ENGINE PUMP HEAT EXCHANGER

A single bundle type coolant to water heat exchanger shall be installed between the engine and the radiator. This pump heat exchanger shall circulate water from the fire pump to the heat exchanger thereby reducing the temperature of the coolant for the engine. The heat exchanger shall be designed to prohibit water from the fire pump from encountering the engine coolant.

TRANSMISSION

The drive train shall include an Allison model EVS 4000 torque converting automatic transmission which shall include electronic controls. The transmission shall feature two (2) 10- bolt PTO pads located on the converter housing; one (1) in the 8:00 o'clock position and one (1) in the 1:00 o'clock position.

The transmission shall include two (2) internal oil filters and Allison approved transmission fluid which shall be utilized in the lubrication of the EVS transmission. An electronic oil level sensor shall be included with the readout located in the shift selector.

The Gen V transmission shall include prognostic diagnostic capabilities. These capabilities shall include the monitoring of the fluid life, filter change indication, and transmission clutch maintenance.

The transmission gear ratios shall be:
1st 3.51:1
2nd 1.91:1
3rd 1.43:1
4th 1.00:1
5th 0.74:1
6th 0.64:1 (if applicable)
Rev 4.80:1

TRANSMISSION COOLING SYSTEM

The transmission shall include a water to oil cooler system located in the cooling loop between the radiator and the engine. The transmission c ooling system shall meet all transmission manufacturer requirements.

The transmission cooling system shall feature continuous flow of engine bypass water to maintain uninterrupted transmission cooling.

TRANSMISSION DRAIN PLUG

The transmission shall include an original equipment manufacturer installed magnetic oil drain plug.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 44

AUTOMATIC NEUTRAL

The transmission shall be provided with an automatic neutral. When the parking brake is applied the transmission automatically returns to neutral.

TRANSMISSION FLUID

The transmission shall include two (2) internal oil filters and Allison approved synthetic transmission fluid which shall be utilized in the lubrication of the EVS transmission. An electronic oil level sensor shall be included with the readout located in the shift selector.

TRANSMISSION SHIFT SELECTOR

An Allison 6th GEN pressure sensitive range selector touch pad shall be provided and located on the tunnel to the right of the driver.

The shift selector shall provide an indicator on the digi tal display and shall alert the driver/operator when a specific maintenance function is required.

PTO LOCATION

The transmission driven power takeoff (PTO) shall be mounted in the 1:00 o’clock position.

TRANSMISSION MODE PROGRAMMING

The transmission, upon start-up, will select five (5) speeds of operation. The sixth speed over drive shall be available with the activation of the mode button on the shifting pad.

TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING

The EVS Vocation Package Number 198 for the fire service for this apparatus as a Pumper. This package shall incorporate an automatic neutral with selector override. This feature commands the transmission to neutral when the park brake is applied, regardless of drive range requested on the shift selector which requires re-selecting the drive range to shift out of neutral for the override.

This package shall be coupled with the use of a split shaft PTO and incorporate pumping circuits. The transmission will detect the pump engaged signal and automatically select or deselect fourth gear lock-up.

These circuits shall be used allowing the vehicle to operate in the fourth range lockup while operating the pump mode due to the 1 to 1 ratio through the transmission, therefore the output speed of the engine is the input speed to the pump. The pump output can be easily calculated by using this input speed and the drive ratio of the pump itself to rate the gallons of water the pump can provide.

A nine (9) pin diagnostic connector will be provided.

The trans module shall contain the following circuits:

FUNCTION ID DESCRIPTION WIRE ASSIGNMNET
C1 PTO Drive Interface Output 1 142
J Fire Truck Pump Mode (4th Lockup) 122/123
G1 PTO Drive Interface Output 1 130
C Range Indicator 145 (4th)
Signal Return 103

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 45

DRIVELINE

All drivelines shall be heavy duty metal tubes equipped with Spicer 1810 series universal joints.

The shafts shall be dynamically balanced prior to installation to alleviate future vibration. In areas of the driveline where a slip shaft is required, the splined slip joint shall be coated with Glide Coat®.

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR

The fuel system shall incorporate a Racor 3150R -1210, 10-micron fuel filter/water separator as a primary filter. The fuel filter shall have a sight bowl to allow visual inspection of fuel and a drain valve to remove visible contaminants. The instrument panel shall signal when water is present in the fuel/water separator through an audible alarm and lamp.

A water -in-fuel sensor probe shall be installed in the filter bowl and wired to the water in fuel (WIF) indicator lamp on the cab dash.

A secondary fuel filter shall be included as approved by the engine manufacturer.

FUEL SYSTEM

The fuel tank shall have a capacity of sixty-eight (68) gallons/two hundred fifty-seven (257) liters.

The tank shall offer:

• A vent port which will facilitate venting to the top of the fill neck for rapid filling without any “blow-back”
• Two (2) 2” NPT fill ports for left-and-right-hand fill with a .5” NPT drain plugs centered side to side, 9" from the front of the tank
• A roll over ball check vent for temperature related fuel expansion and draw • A design including dual draw tubes and sender flanges • A baffled design which shall be constructed of steel
• A black Powder Coated exterior to ensure corrosion resistance

The fuel tank shall be mounted below the frame, behind the rear axle. There shall be two (2) three- piece strap hanger assemblies with “U” straps bolted midway on the fuel tank, allowing the tank to be easily lowered and removed for service purposes.

The strap hanger material shall be stainless-steel. No Exceptions.

For isolation of vibration and movement, rubber isolating pads shall be provided between the tank and the hanger strap assemblies. The tank straps shall be attached to rubber coated cross members which help isolate the tank from frame flex.

Strap mounting studs through the rail, hidden behind the body shall not be acceptable.

All fuel lines shall be connected with steel fittings with all fittings poi nted towards the right side (curbside) of the chassis.

The chassis fuel lines shall feature an additional 4’ of length provided so the tank can be easily lowered and removed for service purposes which shall be coiled and secured at the top of the tank.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 46

FUEL LINES

The fuel system supply and return lines installed from the fuel tank to the engine shall be wire braided reinforced hose with machine crimped fittings shall be provided for the chassis fuel lines.

The wire braided hose shall consist of four (4) layers, an inner synthetic rubber tubing, an inner textile braid, a high tensile wire braid reinforcement, and a textile braided outer cover.

FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE

Two (2) fuel shutoff valves shall be installed in the fuel draw line. One (1) valve shall be installed at the primary fuel filter to allow the fuel filter to be changed without loss of fuel to the fuel pump.

A second fuel shutoff valve shall be installed in the fuel draw line, near the fuel tank to allow maintenance to be performed with minimal loss of fuel.

FUEL COOLER

The cross -flow air to fuel cooler shall be all aluminum and shall be provided to lower fuel temperature allowing the vehicle to operate at higher ambient temperatures. The fuel cooler shall be located reward of the battery box, under the frame.

The fuel cooler shall incorporate a fan for improved heat transfer.

The fuel cooler shall be mounted to the frame using hot dipped galvanized brackets. Powder coated or painted brackets shall not be acceptable. No exception.

ALTERNATOR

The charging system shall include a 420- amp Leece Neville brushless 12- volt alternator. The alternator shall include a self-excited integral regulator.

V-MUX ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

There shall be a 12- volt direct current single starting electrical system providing power to all components for the cab and chassis. The system shall feature:

• A Weldon Multiplexed system
• 300-degree Fahrenheit high temperature, flame retardant loom • All SAE wiring color coded and labeled as to its function • Wiring which is cross link with 311-degree Fahrenheit insulation • A suppressed system in accordance with SAE J551

The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 47

General protection circuit breakers will be a combination of automatic and manual reset breakers. This will provide durability and capacity maximization of the electrical system. When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

EMI/RFI PROTECTION

To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet , without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two- way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility.

ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION

To ensure rugged dependability, all wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following specifications:

SAE J1128 - Low tension primary cable
SAE J1292 - Automobile, truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE J163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE J2202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on-highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus
FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, and buses
SAE J1939 - Serial communications protocol
SAE J2030 - Heavy-duty electrical connector performance standard SAE J2223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE J928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A

For increased reliability and harness integrity, harnesses will be routed throughout the cab and chassis in a manner which allows the harnessing to be laid into its mount ing location. Routing of harnessing which requires pulling of wires through tubes will not be allowed.

Wiring will be run in loom or conduit where exposed and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring will be colored, function and number coded. Wire colors will be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires using a single wire color for all wires will not be allowed. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 3.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors will be protected by an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 48
connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

• All wire ends not placed into connectors will be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap will not be allowed. • All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. • Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.
• For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. • A corrosion preventative compound will be applied to non-waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non- waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. • Any lights containing non- waterproof sockets in a weather -exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. • All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.
• Rubber coated metal clamps will be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails.
• Heat shields will be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist.

Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust will be protected by a heat shield. • Cab and crew cab harnessing will not be routed through enclosed metal tubing. Dedicated wire routing channels will be used to protect harnessing therefore improving the overall integrity of t he vehicle electrical system. The design of the cab will allow for easy routing of additional wiring and easy access to existing wiring.
• All braided wire harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date.
• All standard wiring entering or exiting the cab will be routed through sealed bulkhead connectors to protect against water intrusion into the cab.

BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION

All 12 -volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing i nstalled by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following requirements:

SAE J1127 - Battery Cable
SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE J562 - Nonmetallic loom
SAE J836A - Automotive metallurgical joining
SAE J1292 - Automotive truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus

Battery cables and battery cable harnessing will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:
• All battery cables and battery harnes ses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number.
• Splices will not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 49
• For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables will be color coded. All positive battery cables will be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables will be black in color.
• For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus will be coated to prevent corrosion.

ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION

All lighting used on the apparatus will be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding will not be allowed.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.

SUMMARY OF LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

In the V-MUX electrical system there will be eight pre- defined Load Manager Trigger points spaced apart in 0.4 Volt increments. Each Output channel can be set for Load Management that will be turned OFF if node voltage falls below a certain level. The trigger points will be configured as shown below.

Load Manager Trigger Points:

1: 12.5-V Load Shed Region 1 (12.5 - 12.1 V)
2: 12.1-V Load Shed Region 2 (12.1 - 11.7 V)
3: 11.7-V Load Shed Region 3 (11.7 - 11.3 V)
4: 11.3-V Load Shed Region 4 (11.3 - 10.9 V)
5: 10.9-V Load Shed Region 5 (10.9 - 10.5 V)
6: 10.5-V Load Shed Region 6 (10.5 - 10.1 V)
7: 10.1-V Load Shed Region 7 (10.1 - 9.7 V)
8: 9.7-V

When the voltage of a Load Managed device recovers back above the trigger point, there will be an additional 30 seconds before the Output channel is turned back ON. This buffering time is to ensure that the added load doesn't immediately pull the voltage back below the trigger point.

Below are the standard voltage managed outputs that will be triggered off at 12.1 V.

HVAC FAN MED

HVAC FAN HIGH

HVAC FAN LOW

AUX DEFROST FANS

A/C CONDENSER FANS RLY

A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

AUTO THROTTLE (AUTO HIGH IDLE)

There will be an A utomatic High Idle (Auto Throttle) logic that will run in conjunction with the Load Management. The Auto Throttle logic will be ran on the Hercules node under the passenger side kick panel compartment. The standard system design will be triggered on at 12.3 V and triggered off at 12.6 V with a 30 second delay before disengagement. The Auto Throttle function will act to turn the V -MUX High Idle Output ON and OFF. In turn the High Idle sends a signal to the engine ECU. The Auto Throttle

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 50
Command will be interlocked with Park Brake and Park/Neutral for safety. A Service Brake override interlock will also be configured to immediately return the engine to Low Idle if the vehicle has to move.

PUMP SHIFT

The pump shift shall be located on the driver switch panel.

MULTIPLEX DISPLAYS

Two (2) Weldon Vista IV displays shall be located one (1) on the driver’s side dash and one (1) on the officer’s side of the dash.

The Vista IV displays shall feature:

• A full color LCD display screens
• A message bar displaying the time of day, and important messages requiring acknowledgement by the user
• Four (4) push button style controls on either side of the screen for the on-board diagnostics • Seven (7) push button style controls located below the screen for the on-board diagnostics • Video ready display screens for back- up cameras, thermal cameras, and DVD • A DIN type input connector ready for GPS interfacing shall be incorporated into the back of the display
• There shall be a display which indicates any open cab door with a visual display.

The Vista IV displays shall measure approximately 10.36” wide x 7.63” in height.

DRIVER SWITCHES

The driver switch panel to the right of the driver's position shall include one (1) row with six (6) backlit rocker switches with laser etched labels located under the Weldon Vista screen.

Standard switches shall include:

• Windshield Wiper/Washer Control (except when Smart Wheel is specified) • Dash panel dimmer switch
• Headlights (except when Smart Wheel is specified)

one switch for ground lights

V-MUX WARRANTY – 4 YEAR

A four (4) year limited (V-MUX) multiplex system warranty, of Weldon Technologies, Incorporated; shall be provided by the apparatus manufacturer for parts and labor, while under normal use and service; against mechanical, electrical, and physical defects from the date of manufacture.

The warranty shall exclude sensors, shunt interface modules, serial or USB kits, transceivers, cameras, GPS, and electrical display screens, which shall be limited to a period of one a (1) year repair parts and labor from the date of installation. A copy of the warranty shall be provided with each Bidders proposal for the review and evaluation of the Purchaser.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 51

DATA RECORDING SYSTEM

The chassis shall have a Weldon Vehicle Data Recorder system ins talled. The system shall be designed to meet NFPA 1901. The following information shall be recorded:

• Vehicle Speed
• Acceleration
• Deceleration
• Engine Speed
• Engine Throttle Position
• ABS Event
• Seat Occupied Status
• Seat Belt Status
• Master Optical Warning Device Switch Position
• Service Brake
• Engine Hours
• Time
• Date

Each portion of the data shall be recorded at the specified intervals and stored for the specified length of time to meet NFPA 1901 guidelines and shall be retrievable by connecting a laptop comput er to the VDR system. The laptop connection shall be a panel mounted female type A or B USB connection point, remotely mounted in the left side foot well of the cab. The latest software shall be available for download from the Weldon website.

SEAT BELT WARNING

A Weldon seat belt warning system, integrated with the Vehicle Data Recorder system, shall be installed for each seat within the cab. The system shall activate an indicator light in the instrument panel, a digital seat position indicator with a seat position legend in the switch panel, and an audible alarm.

The warning system shall activate when any seat is occupied with a minimum of 60 pounds, the corresponding seat belt remains unfastened, and the park brake is released. The warning system s hall also be activated when any seat is occupied, the corresponding seat belt was fastened in an incorrect sequence, and the park brake is released. Once activated, the visual indicators and audible alarm shall remain active until all occupied seats have their respective seat belts fastened.

CAB INSTRUMENTATION

The instrumentation panel within the cab shall feature a digital display which shall include an information center, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and diagnostics.

The gauges shall be easy to read including.

The instrument panel shall contain the following gauges and indictors:

• A programmable speedometer to read either 0 to 100 MPH or 0 to 100 KM/H • An amber telltale lamp indicating the Check Engine
• An amber telltale lamp indicating MIL Engine Emissions System Malfunction • A red telltale lamp indicating Stop Engine
• A tachometer gauge with 0-3,000 RPM

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 52
• A gauge to display the engine oil pressure with high and low -level indicators and stop engine alarm
• A fuel level gauge with a low fuel indicator and alarm • An LED bar displaying 4 stages of the level for the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) with a refill indicator (when applicable)
• A voltage gauge with low voltage indicator
• A water temperature gauge with high water temp indicator and alarm • A primary air PSI gauge including low air and high air warning displays • A secondary air PSI gauge with low and high air warning indication

A diagnostic display, located in the lower left -hand side of the screen shall include digital readouts for the following:
• Odometer
• Transmission oil temp
• Engine oil temp
• Speedometer
• Engine hours
• Engine and transmission code
• Exhaust temp
• Engine coolant temp
• Engine oil PSI
• Turbo boost PSI
• Primary air pressure
• Secondary air pressure
• Engine load %
• Engine torque
• Battery volts
• Fuel level %
• Vehicle speed
• RPM
• DEF level (when applicable)
• Instant fuel economy
• Average fuel economy
• Engine hours
• Capable to record three trips, each shall include:
· Trip distance
· Fuel economy
· Fuel used
· Idle fuel used
• The screen shall also provide diagnostic capability

To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the digital display. The indicator lamps will be "dead- front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following indicator lamps shall be located on the Telltale panel:

BLUE Indicator Lights
• High Beam Headlight
GREEN Indicator Lights

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 53
• Right Turn Indicator
• Left Turn Indicator
• Battery On (Always On with master switch)
YELLOW Indicator Lights
• Particle Filter Regeneration (DPF)
• Regeneration Inhibit (Switch Engaged)
• Air Intake Restriction
• High Exhaust System Temperature (HEST)
• Wait to Start (when applicable)
• ATC (Automatic Traction Control) (when applicable)
• Water in Fuel Air Bag Warning (when applicable)
• ABS
RED Indicator Lights
• Low Engine Coolant Level
• Air Bag Warning (when applicable)
• Check Transmission
• High Transmission Temperature
• Parking Brake

ALARMS

Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced with a button on the screen, except the low air pressure alarm will not silence until air pressure is above 70 psi.

INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT

Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

DIAGNOSTIC PANEL

A diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved trouble shooting providing a lower cost of ownership.

The diagnostic panel shall include:
• Engine diagnostic port
• V-Mux USB diagnostic port (when applicable)
• Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (when applicable) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (when applicable) The enclosed diagnostic panel, accessible through the HVAC access panel shall include:
• Transmission diagnostic port
• ABS diagnostic port
• SRS diagnostic port (when applicable)

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 54

BATTERIES

The single start electrical system shall include six (6) group 31 1000 CCA batteries.

The batteries shall feature:

• A 200-minute reserve capacity
• 4/0 dual path starter cables per SAE J541
• Heat-shrink and sealant encapsulated ends on the cables • Maintenance free

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS

A well ven tilated, hot dipped galvanized battery storage compartment shall house the batteries on the officer and driver side of the chassis and shall be located so as to offer easy access to the batteries when the cab is tilted.

Each battery compartment shall feature:

• Hot dipped galvanized 3/16" steel construction.
• A complete floor of heavy duty, industrial grade, recycled Turtle Tile brand interlocking matting • A hinged hot dipped galvanized steel cover with two (2) magnets shall be utilized providing easy access to the batteries. No tools shall be required to gain access to the batteries. • When in the open position, the hinged door shall rotate past the bottom of the battery compartment, allowing for a sweep out style floor and removal of the batteries, when necessary, without the inference of a lower lip. No Exceptions.

BATTERY CABLES

The starting system shall include cables which shall be protected by a 275- degree F, minimum high temperature flame retardant loom.

The cables shall be in a loom to help keep out dirt, dust and debris.

BATTERY JUMPER STUD

The starting system shall include battery jumper studs installed in the forward most portion of the driver's side lower step.

The studs shall allow the vehicle to be jump started, charged, or the cab rais ed in an emergency in the event of battery failure.

IGNITION

A master battery system with a keyless start ignition system shall be provided. Each system shall be controlled by a marine grade two position switch, of which shall be mounted on the left side of the steering wheel adjacent to the driver's knee.

A push button type starter button shall be provided on the driver dash to the left of the steering wheel.

The starter button shall only operate when both the master battery and ignition switches are in the “ON” position.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 55

POWER & GROUND STUD

An electrical distribution panel shall include two (2) power studs. The studs shall be a minimum of 1/4" and each of the power studs shall be circuit protected with a fuse of the specified amperage. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 40- amp battery direct load. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 15- amp ignition switched load. The two (2) power studs shall share one (1) 1/4" ground stud.

GROUND LIGHTS

Each door shall include an Amdor H2O LED 20.00 inch AY -9500-020 white ground light mounted to the underside of the cab step below each door.

GROUND LIGHT ACTIVATION

The ground lights shall activate when the park brake is engaged and when either the front or rear side doors is open, the respective ground light shall activate.

Driver Panel / Switch Panel (6 Switches) Under the Vista Screen- One switch for ground lights

CAB STEP LIGHTING

One (1) LED light shall be mounted to the riser of the middle cab step, a total of eight (8) step lights for the cab, in accordance with NFPA.

Each light shall include a polycarbonate lens and shall be contained in a housing which is vibration welded with a LED head which shall be shock mounted. Each step light shall not be any larger than 3" in diameter.

STEP LIGHT ACTIVATION

The step lighting shall be activated by opening any of the cab doors on the respective side.

INTERIOR DOOR WARNING LIGHTS

The interior of each door shall include one (1) 15" Weldon Amber Direct Flash LED war ning light located on the door above the window. Each light shall activate with a flashing pattern when the door is in the open position to serve as a warning to approaching traffic.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

Two (2) LED lights shall be mounted to the engine compartment in such a fashion as to provide as much light as possible to the engine compartment area. The engine compartment lighting shall activate with the tilting of the cab.

INTERIOR OVERHEAD CAB LED LIGHTING

Each cab door shall include a dual red and white LED lamp. There shall be one (1) light centered over each of the driver and officer’s seats, and one centered over each crew door.

The clear lamp shall illuminate with the opening of each respective door with both the red and clear portions of the lamp activated by individual lighted switches on each lamp.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 56

ROOF TOP SPOT LIGHT

One (1) GoLight Model 20214 (black) LED spotlight with wired dash- mount remote shall be installed on the officer's side cab roof.

Go-Light Mount Officer Side - 8-11"

ROOF TOP SPOT LIGHT

One (1) GoLight Model 20214 (black) LED spotlight with wired dash- mount remote shall be installed on the driver's side cab roof.

Go-Light Mount Driver Side - 8-11"

PORTABLE LANTERN

Four (4) Streamlight model 45851 portable handlight shall be installed. The lantern shall include a mounting bracket, with 12 volt wiring to the specified shore power receptacle circuit to allow the light to recharge when not in use.

Litebox lights to be shipped loose and mounted by the body builder; final locations TBD at pre-construction or mid-point

HANDLIGHT

Four (4) Streamlight Survivor® LED yellow personal right -angle flashlight (P/N 90519) shall be i nstalled.

The flashlight shall include a mounting bracket, with fast charge 12 volt charger wired to the apparatus battery system to allow the light to recharge when not in use.

HANDLIGHT INSTALLATION

The location of the handlight installation shall be in the chassis cab. All components shall be installed as directed by the fire department.

HANDLIGHT INSTALLATION

The location of the handlight installation shall be on the seatbox.

Survivor lights; provide wiring to the following locations and final mounting TBD at mid-point inspection;

* Officer seat pedestal
* Driver seat pedestal
* Officer side crew seat pedestal
* Driver side crew seat pedestal

DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS LIGHT

The front headliner of the cab shall include a flashing red Whelen round LED light with a red lens clearly labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus". The flashing red light shall be 3.00- inches in diameter and shall be located centered left to right for greatest visibility. The light shall be interlocked for activation when either a cab door is not firmly closed, or an apparatus compartment door is not closed, and the parking brake is released. The warning light shall also be attached to folding equipment racks and light towers as specified.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 57
NFPA requires the red light. NFPA 1901.13.11.1

DOOR OPEN ALARM

There shall be an audible alarm interlocked for activation when the parking brake is released and either a cab door or apparatus compartment door is not completely closed or an accessory not completely stowed.

WATER TANK VOLUME REMOTE INDICATOR

A pair of Fire Research MaxVision model WLA280- A00 tank remote indicator shall be installed, one remote indicator on each side of the apparatus. The indicator shall show the volume of water in the tank on ninety six (96) easy to see super bright tri -color LEDs. The indicator case shall be waterproof, manufactured of polycarbonate material with an integrated lens. The package includes a rubber gasket.

The remote indicator shall receive input information over a datalink from a Fire Research TankVision model WLA300-A00 or WLA400-A00 tank primary indicator. The remote indicator shall indicate the level as a single color in Red for 25% or less, Amber color for up to 50% volume, Blue color for up to 75% volume and Green color for up to 100% vol ume. When the level reaches 25%, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the red LEDs will scroll in a down- chasing motion and then flash three times. It shall have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for day time and nighttime viewing.

MOUNTING LOCATION

The tank level gauges shall be mounted, one each side of the chassis cab, in the upper rear cab corners.

AIR HORN FOOT SWITCH

A foot switch shall be installed to activate the air horn system on the driver's side of the floor.

AIR HORN LANYARD

A dual roof mounted pull cord shall be installed to activate the air horn system. The pull cord shall be installed within easy reach of the driver and officer.

FRONT SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the front brow of the cab:

LED SCENE LIGHT

A Fire Tech FT -MB-15-B brow light shall be provided and installed below the light bar. The light shall produce 7,920 lumens and be powder coated black.

One each side of the aerial

SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING

The one (1) front scene light(s) shall activate via a virtual scene light switch located on the driver's and officer's Vista screens.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 58

LEFT SIDE CAB SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the left side of the cab:

SCENE LIGHT

One (1) FireTech Guardian FT -GESM scene light shall be provided. The fixture shall be designed to attach to the side of the apparatus and emit light both straight down the side of the body at 0 degrees, and in a perpendicular plane to the mounting sheet on to the scene area near the apparatus. The fixture shall incorporate 4 rows of LEDs, with the center two rows of 6 LEDs using conical acrylic optics mounted in alignment with each other to a portion of the aluminum fixture body pointing the entire opt ical and electronic assembly downward 10 degrees. A moisture blocking vent valve shall be installed in the body of the fixture to allow for equalization of internal pressure without introduction of moisture into the housing.

SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING

The one (1) left side scene light(s) shall activate via a virtual scene light switch located on the driver's and officer's Vista screens.

LEFT SIDE CAB SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the left side of the cab:

SCENE LIGHT

One (1) FireTech Guardian FT -GESM scene light shall be provided. The fixture shall be designed to attach to the side of the apparatus and emit light both straight down the side of the body at 0 degrees, and in a perpendicular plane to the mounting sheet on to the scene area near the apparatus. The fixture shall incorporate 4 rows of LEDs, with the center two rows of 6 LEDs using conical acrylic optics mounted in alignment with each other to a portion of the aluminum fixture body pointing the entire optical and electronic assembly downward 10 degrees. A moisture blocking vent valve shall be installed in the body of the fixture to allow for equalization of internal pressure without introduction of moisture into the housing.

SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING

The one (1) r ight side scene light(s) shall activate via a virtual scene light switch located on the driver's and officer's Vista screens.

ELECTRIC SIREN AND CONTROL

A Whelen model #295SLSA1 electronic siren shall be mounted in the cab. This unit shall feature an electronic air horn, wail, yelp, hi-lo and shall have a hard wired PA microphone.

FEDERAL MECHANICAL SIREN PROVISIONS

Provisions for a Federal Signal Q2B mechanical siren shall be supplied with the chassis.

SIREN CONTROL

A foot switch shall be provided on the driver's side of the cab floor to activate the Federal Signal Q2B siren.

SIREN CONTROL

The mechanical siren shall not be able to activate unless the E-Master switch is activated.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 59

SIREN BRAKE

Two (2) push button siren brake switches for the Federal Signal Q2B siren shall be provided, one (1) on the driver's side dash and one (1) on the officer's side dash.

LIGHTBAR

Two (2) Whelen Ultra Freedom IV mini light bars shall be included with the apparatus cab. The light bars shall be a model F4NMINI and shall be mounted on the roof of the cab, facing the front, above the windshield.

See attached Whelen light bar WeCAD order forms for both driver and passenger side mini bars.

LIGHTBAR

Two (2) Whelen Ultra Freedom IV 21.5" light bars shall be included with the apparatus cab. The light bars shall be a model F4NMINI and shall be mounted on the roof of the cab, above the rear crew doors.

Each light bar shall feature:
• Two (2) red 400 series Linear Super LED corner modules • Two (2) white 400 series Linear LED light center modules • One (1) red 400 series linear LED endcap light
• Clear hard coated lenses to provide extended life/luster protection against UV & chemical stresses
• Designed in accordance with NFPA Zone A requirements

TRAFFIC LIGHT CONTROL

One (1) Global Traffic Technologies Opticom 794H LED high-priority traffic light emitter and control device shall be installed on the apparatus cab roof. The traffic emitter shall be wired thru the park brake to deactivate when the park brake is set.

LIGHTBAR ACTIVATION

The front upper light bar shall be activated through the Weldon Vista screen "E -Master" red button and through a separate virtual switch located within the "Warning Lt Menu".

UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS

The upper rear warning lights shall be provided on the body.

WARNING LIGHT FLASH SEQUENCER

A Federal Signal Intelli -Flash flash sequencer, model 650302, shall be provided. The electronic control unit is a 16 channel flasher with a total capacity of 40 amperes, or approximately 20 LED warning lights.

The Intelli-Flash flasher is capable of NFPA Zone control, or "A Phase" - "B Phase" alternating type flash sequences with (21) different flash patterns available. This model of Intelli -Flash is a high side (+VDC) switching system, and is used where a standard alternating flasher is insufficient for the load requirements. The Department shall specify what lights are to be sequenced.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 60

INBOARD WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side one the f ront of the chassis cab, in the inboard warning light position. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4-5/16" x 6-3/4".

Steady burn

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M6FC chrome flange.

OUTBOARD HEADLIGHT WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side one the front of the chassis cab, in the outboard position, below the headlights. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4- 5/16" x 6-3/4".

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M6FC chrome flange.

INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS

Wiring provisions shall be supplied with the chassis for the front intersection warning lights.

LOWER MID CHASSIS WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shall be installed one each side of the chassis cab, above the chassis wheels. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4-5/16" x 6-3/4".

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M6FC chrome flange.

TRAFFIC ARROW LIGHT

One (1) Whelen Model #TAM85 Traffic Advisor shall be installed. The light shall be equipped with eight (8) 500 Series TIR6™ Super -LED lights in a low profile flat style lamps measuring 46- 7/8" (119cm) in length. The unit shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus body. The Traffic Advisor control head shall be mounted inside the cab and be accessible by the driver and officer.

TRAFFIC ARROW CONTROL HEAD

A Whelen TACTL5 control head shall be supplied with the traffic arrow.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 61

BACK-UP ALARM

A Preco self -adjusting automatic electric back -up alarm shall be installed under the rear of the vehicle.

The alarm shall be wired to the back -up light circuit and will automatically activate when the transmission is placed in reverse.

OVER-RIDE SWITCH

An over-ride switch, auto reset shall be provided in the Vista display and control screen.

HAAS ALERT / HA-5

R2V (Responder -to-Vehicle) with HAAS ALERT R2R (Responder -to-Responder) Capability HAAS Alert Model Number “HA -5” shall be provided. The device shall: be const ructed of high strength, impact resistant, RoHS compliant ASA Plastic; have IP65 ingress protection; include a cellular modem that connects to commercially available cellular networks to transmit and receive data to/from the HAAS Alert Safety Cloud™ and include a cellular network data plan that shall; send vehicle GPS location, speed, course, acceleration, and emergency lights status (e.g., “on” or “off”) to the HAAS Alert Safety Cloud every two (2) seconds while the vehicle is moving with e- master activated; send changes in the emergency lights status to the HAAS Alert Safety Cloud; be connected to the E-Master or emergency lights master via a minimum of 22- gauge wire; be connected to the vehicle’s main battery via a minimum of 20- gauge wire so that it receives constant power; be connected to the vehicle’s ground via a minimum of 20- gauge wire; have a parasitic shut off that turns off the device when the vehicle’s battery voltage falls below 12V; be mounted inside the cab on the dashboard, within 10 feet of the officer’s seat and with a clear view of the sky. The device shall be up- gradable to other communication technologies such as, at minimum; 5G, 5.9 band, and FirstNet.

The device shall utilize the HAAS Alert Safety Cloud to send digital R2V (Responder -to-Vehicle) alerts to nearby civilian drivers via in- dash infotainment and IVI (In- vehicle Infotainment) units, Waze and other popular consumer navigation applications when the vehicle is en- route with emergency lights engaged; utilize the HAAS Alert Safet y Cloud to send digital R2V alerts to nearby civilian drivers via in- dash infotainment and IVI (In- vehicle Infotainment) units, Waze and other popular consumer navigation applications when the vehicle is on- scene with emergency lights engaged; has the abil ity to utilize the HAAS Alert Safety Cloud to receive digital R2R (Responder -to-Responder) alerts when the vehicle is en- route with emergency lights engaged and other responding emergency vehicles are in close proximity; have a port that connects to a compatible peripheral device to communicate R2R alerts to vehicle passengers. The device shall be able to communicate across all manufacturer brands.

The device shall have a companion, password- protected, web-based dashboard that provides authorized users wi th a map- based visualization of real -time vehicle location, emergency response status (i.e., “responding”, “on-scene”, “ready”, “offline”) with the ability for expanded attribution, vehicle speed and course, vehicle time-to-scene information, and vehicle time-on-scene information.

Dimensions – Length, Width, Height (Inches): 5.4” x 2.7” x 1.3" Input Voltage - Power: 12.5V to 15V
Input Voltage - Lights Indicator: 12V to 15V
Amperage: 120 mA peak draw
Operating Temperature Range: -40℃ to 85℃
Weight (Ounces): 7 oz.

The HAAS system shall be provided with a 5-year subscription.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 62

AERIAL INTERFACE

Aerial Pre Wire - V-Mux

Includes:
* (3) 2 gauge Batteries cables, 2 red & 1 black - ran down driver’s side from forward cross member to extend 5 ft beyond frame - cap both ends
* ¼" fuel line loop from fuel tank aux pick -up to aux return down the driver side to the first cross member behind the cab with an additional 10 ft of hose. Mark hose with a sticker to indicate which side of loop is for pick up and return
* Arrow Stick Harness from Dash to extend 10 ft beyond end of frame rails * White wires 1-11 and 1 Red wire
* (2) Pieces of ¼" airline to run down the driver side from behind the cab to extend 10 ft beyond the frame rails.
* J1939 Wire from rear of cab to extend 10 ft beyond frame rails * V-Mux Wire from rear of cab to extend 10 ft beyond frame rails * Additional Clean Ground Wire from rear of cab to extend 10 ft beyond frame rails for V-Mux

REAR & SIDE FACING CAMERA

A rear facing black box style rearview camera shall be installed on the rear of the vehicle. There shall also be a teardrop style rearview camera mounted to the officer side of the vehicle. The rear camera shall be activated when the vehicle transmission is shifted to reverse, and the side tear drop camera shall be activated with the corresponding turn signal. The images shall be viewed on the driver's and officer's side Vista screens. The side camera housing shall be black.

The rear facing camera shall feature automatic heating when the temperature is below 10 degrees Fahrenheit, and 150-degree lens. No Exception.

BATTERY CHARGER

A Kussmaul Chief series model #091- 266-12-60, high output battery charger with remote display (091-94- 12) shall be wired to the 12- volt battery system. The charger unit shall be mounted in a clean dry area and will be accessible for service and/or maintenance.

CHARGER LOCATION

The battery charger shall be located behind the driver's seat.

SHORELINE INLET

There shall be a Kussmaul 20-amp super auto eject with a red cover supplied.

--30amp auto-eject.

SHORELINE LOCATION

The shoreline shall be located on the driver’s side of the cab behind the front door and above the wheel well.

INDICATOR

Display mounted in driver's seat riser.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 63

OVERALL HEIGHT

144” (12’)

OVERALL LENGTH

44’ 11”

OVERALL WIDTH

100” not including mirrors

WHEELBASE

277”

MINIMUM ANGLE OF APPROACH

Minimum Angle of Approach: 12° (show on drawing)

MINIMUM ANGLE OF DEPARTURE

Minimum Angle of Departure: 9° or better (show on drawing).

NFPA AERIAL/QUINT EQUIPMENT ALLOWANCE

In compliance with the current NFPA 1901 guidelines, the apparatus shall be engineered to provide an allowance of 2500 pounds of fire department provided loose equipment.

ADDITIONAL NFPA EQUIPMENT ALLOWANCE

The apparatus shall be engineered to provide for an allowance of the specified pounds of fire department provided loose equipment plus an additional 3000# of equipment.

CONTRACT CHANGE NOTICE

The quoted delivery time is based upon our receipt of the specified materials required to produce the apparatus in a timely manner. "Delivery" means the date company is prepared to make physical possession of vehicle available to the customer.

The Company shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond the Company’s control which make the Company’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to civil wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facili ties, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, pandemics, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

After execution and acceptance of this Purchas e Process, the Buyer may request that the Company incorporate a change to the Products or the Specifications for the Products by delivering a Change Order to the Company; provided, however, that any such Change Order must be in writing and include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the Company to evaluate the feasibility of such Change Order. Within seven (7) working days of receipt of a Change Order, the Company will inform the

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 64
Buyer in writing of the feasibility of the Change Order , the earliest possible implementation date for the Change Order, of any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. The Company shal l not be liable to the Buyer for any delay in performance or delivery arising from any such Change Order.

Purchase Price may be modified only by mutual written agreement of the Parties because of changes to the Apparatus required or requested by the Buyer during the construction process pursuant to Appendix C, Change Order Policy. Any changes in the Purchase Price resulting from changes to the Apparatus required or requested by the Buyer during the construction process shall be stated in the Change Order signed by both parties. Additional Changes: If various state or federal regulatory agencies (e.g., NFPA, DOT, EPA) require changes to the specification and/or the product that result in a cost increase to comply therewith this cost will be added to the Purchase Price to be paid by the customer.

FINANCIAL STABILITY SPECIFICATIONS

With high- profile instances of fire apparatus manufacturers encountering financial difficulties, it is imperative that fire departments be diligent in evaluating the financial position of the companies they solicit to build on their emergency response vehicles. A contract entered into with a company on shaky ground is a dangerous prospect, since conducting business with a manufacturer in such condition could open the department to monumental problems.

Take, for instance, the growing theme of manufacturers requiring as opposed to offering pre-payment and progressive payment options with a corresponding discount off the price of a vehicle. Such offers are made with an ulterior motive in mind, as it can be generally inferred that manufacturers requiring pre- payments and progressive payments do so because they need your cash today to fund production of other vehicles already in the backlog.

Should problems arise, as has been t he case in situations too numerous to mention, your department risks losing any down payments already made or even the entire cost of a piece of equipment should certain pre-pay discount situations go awry.

While pre- payment discounts may be enticing, it is important to know just how stable the manufacturer seeking your funds is before you make that commitment. If you enter into one of these agreements and the manufacturer hits a rough patch, it is you that will be hurting, because your funds may not be recoverable. However, if you enter into a contract with a financially sound manufacturer, you will reap all of the benefits of a well-built truck at a lower cost. You may equally, by taking advantage of the time-value of money, be able to afford more truck than initially thought, because funds saved by leveraging pre- payment options could allow you get some added features that you might not necessarily have been able to afford.

With this in mind, it must be noted that Rosenbauer is a company with rock -solid financial stability. This is a statement not made lightly, as we can prove it to you. We can provide language that you can insert into your bid specifications that stipulates that in order for bids to be accepted by a fire department, the company bidding must meet several fiscal criteria.

The first criteria call for the successful bidder to meet a debt -to-equity ratio not exceeding a 2.0 rating.

Rosenbauer presently stands at a 1.51 rating, which is well -below the accepted rating. This low number results from Rosenbauer owning more assets with a marginal debt service. This means we are not using lenders to fund our operations, nor our growth.

The second requirement is that the debt coverage ratio of the successful body builder exceeds a 100 rating. The higher the number, the better able a company is to meet its payment obligations with banks and creditors. Rosenbauer’s number is at 279.6, which is nearly three times the required amount. The higher the debt coverage ratio, the easily and more fluidly a company is positioned to pay its monthly obligations and operating costs.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 65
The third criteria require that the equity ratio of the successful bidder must exceed .30 rating. A higher equity ratio indicates that the body builder has increased f lexibility to meet its financial obligations which translates into greater financial stability. Rosenbauer currently has an equity ratio of .387 which is well above the accepted rating and an excellent indicator of financial strength.

When exploring and evaluating various manufacturers to consider for building your apparatus, there is little doubt you will find one that stands on as firmly a financial ground as Rosenbauer. While others are experiencing stressful issues that raise doubts as to the company ’s long-term viability, Rosenbauer continues to demonstrate a strengthening of its financial position in the apparatus manufacturing industry.

Because Rosenbauer meets and exceeds all the above- stated financial bid requirements, we are best positioned to ensure customers of a strong relationship with the company, which cannot be claimed by most of our competitors in this volatile market.

The Rosenbauer America Dun and Bradstreet number is 02- 447-3584. To acquire a Dun and Bradstreet report, telephone t hem at 1- 800-234-3867 (in Canada 800- 463-6362) or visit their web site address at www.dnb.com. Dun and Bradstreet is nationally recognized, independent financial analysis company.

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL

Electronic stability control shall be supplied on the chassis.

--Supplied with the chassis.

PERFORMANCE BOND

A 100% Performance Bond, which guarantees delivery AND performance must be supplied by the successful bidder within 20 days of award of the contract. Supply Bonds will not be accepted in place of the requested Performance Bond. Bond must be supplied by the manufacturer of the apparatus. Bonds furnished by salesman or other agents will not be accepted. BIDDER SHALL INDICATE INTENTION TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED PERFORMANCE BOND IN THE PROPOSAL PACKET.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE (AT MANUFACTURER)

A pre-construction conference shall be conducted at the apparatus manufacturer's factory at which time all final designs and equipment mounting locations will be approved, prior to any sheet metal being cut. A factory employed design engineer shall be present during the pre- construction conference to answer any design, and/or engineering questions relating to the layout of the apparatus. Air travel (for distances over 250 miles), meals, and lodging expenses shall be included. BIDDER SHALL INDICATE INTENTION TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE IN THE PROPOSAL PACKET.

INSPECTION TRIPS

Inspection trip(s) for Fire Department personnel shall be made to the facility during the course of construction of the apparatus. Successful bidder shall consult with Fire Department committee chairperson as to the proper timing of the inspection trip(s). Air travel (for distances over 250 miles), meals, and lodging expenses shall be inc luded. BIDDER SHALL INDICATE INTENTION TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED INSPECTION TRIP(S) IN THE PROPOSAL PACKET.

QUALITY CONTROL-ISO COMPLIANCE

Rosenbauer has implemented its own internal criteria meeting and exceeding the requirements of ISO 9001 for documenting and establishing a quality control management system for our company.

This system consists of but is not limited to extensive product quality control, continuous improvement of business systems, manufacturing processes and supplier relationships. Documented inspection procedures for each manufacturing process are maintained, including internal and external component

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 66
testing, parts inventory control, regularly scheduled manufacturing training, health and safety training, warranty, and customer service management. An active human resources department maintains EOE and EEOC status and an aggressive research and development program is in place to keep Rosenbauer abreast of the changing environment of emergency services vehicles.

Rosenbauer is an active member of the Fire Apparatus Manufacturers Association (FAMA). Our goal is to provide the highest level of customer support and satisfaction, a working environment that provides for the growth of our employees, promotes teamwork, is flexible yet disciplined, performance driven and committed to the achievement of our goals.

A complete package of all documentation demonstrating the criteria each apparatus must meet during manufacture and before delivery is available upon request.

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER

Rosenbauer is a “single source” manufacturer meeting the requirements of your bid specification.

Rosenbauer maintains an integrated approach to all aspects of manufacturing including the chassis, body and aerial engineering, assembly, and testing to meet the exact needs of our customers. All chassis, body and aerial design and assembly are completed within our own facilities. We also provide a sole source aftermarket support for all our products through an extensive dealer network and factory support.

Each apparatus we manufacture is delivered with detailed service and parts manuals and we can support your aftermarket needs 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Rosenbauer’s single source integrated approach provides an added value you expect and deserve with your fire apparatus purchase.

DELIVERY

Final delivery of the completed apparatus shall be made F.O.B. Fire Department Headquarters.

--Delivery is the responsibility of RMN,

DEMONSTRATION

Fire Department personnel shall be properly instructed as to the proper use of the entire apparatus including, but not limited to, chassis, fire pump system, the apparatus and all equipment. The demonstration shall be made by a factory trained Specialist who shall be responsible for complete instruction as to operation and maintenance of the chassis, and the completed vehicle.

The demonstration specialist shall remain at the Fire Department for a sufficient amount of time to provide thorough instructions to all personnel, or as instructed by Chief of the Department. All meals, motel and travel costs shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder.

TOLL FREE SERVICE NUMBER

Due to the nature of emergency fire and rescue services being subject to respond at any time of the day or night, the municipality requires that this also applies to the selling Dealer and the manufacturer.

On a typical day to day basis the request for service is expected to be requested from the selling Dealer.

However, if the Dealer’s service center is not readily available the municipality needs assurance that the OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) can be reached for assistance.

With that said, each bidder shall supply a toll -free telephone number that provides OEM emergency service assistance. This number, when called, s hall be directed to a call center, then to an OEM service technician, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 67
There shall be a minimum of ten (10) OEM service technicians at any time in the que to answer an incoming emergency service call. One of which shall be the OEM’s National Service Manager.

In the interest of providing the minimum level of acceptable service for the new apparatus this shall be considered a requirement of the successful bidder/proposal.

"ON-LINE" WARRANTY TRACKING SYSTEM

Rosenbauer shall provide an online warranty tracking system shall be used to track all service and warranty issues.

The tracking system will show real time information on all warranty and service requests. A user will be able to create or track the status of their ser vice or warranty requests 24 hours a day, 7 days a week from anywhere with an internet connection.

The warranty / service tracking system shall be capable of tracking all department service issues via truck VIN or job number.

The system must provide user with instant confirmation of receipt of warranty or service request and must not require user to purchase or use proprietary software.

BODY WARRANTY

We warrant each new motorized fire apparatus manufactured by ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC for a period of ONE YEAR from the date of delivery, except for chassis and other components noted herein.

Under this warranty we agree to furnish any parts to replace those that have failed due to defective material or workmanship where there is no indication of abus e, neglect, unusual or other than normal service providing that such parts are, at the option of ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC, made available for our inspection at our request, returned to our factory or other location designated by us with transportation prepaid within thirty days after the date of failure or within one year from the date of delivery of the apparatus to the original purchaser, whichever occurs first, and inspection indicates the failure was attributed to defective material or workmanship.

The warranty on the chassis and chassis supplied components, storage batteries, generators, electrical lamps and other devices subject to deterioration is limited to the warranty of the manufacturer thereof and adjustments for the same are to be made directly with the manufacturer by the customer.

This warranty will not apply to any fire apparatus that has been repaired or altered outside our factory in any way, which in our opinion might affect its stability or reliability.

This warranty shall not apply t o those items that are usually considered normal maintenance and upkeep services: including, but not limited to, normal lubrication or proper adjustment of minor auxiliary pumps or reels.

This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and all other obligations or liabilities on our part. We neither assume nor authorize any person to assume for us any liability in connection with the sales of our apparatus unless made in writing by ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC.

EXT MODULAR BODY WARRANTY - LIFE-TIME

Rosenbauer America, LLC warrants to the original purchaser that the all -aluminum body, fabricated by Rosenbauer America, LLC, under normal use and with reasonable maintenance, be structurally sound and will retain structural integrity for the life of the vehicle. Warranty coverage is transferable to second owner, if applicable, with proper notification made to Rosenbauer America, LLC.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 68
This warranty does not apply to the following items that are covered by a separate warranty: paint finis h, hardware, moldings, and other accessories attached to this body. In addition, this warranty does not apply to any part or accessory manufactured by others and attached to this body.

ROSENBAUER AMERICA, LLC MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH

RESPECT TO THE ALUMINUM BODY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND HEREBY DISCLAIMED.

Rosenbauer America, LLC will replace without charge, repair or make a fair allowance for any defect in material or workmanship demonstrated to its satisfaction to have existed at the time of delivery or not due to misuse, negligence, or accident. If Rosenbauer America, LLC elects to repair this body, the extent of such repair shall be determined solely by Rosenbauer America, LLC, and shall be performed solely at the Rosenbauer America, LLC factory, or at an approved facility. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shall be borne by the purchaser and is not an item covered under this warranty.

Rosenbauer America, LLC will not be liable for damages and under no circumstances will its liability exceed the price for a defective body. The remedies set forth herein are exclusive and in substitution for all other remedies to which the purchaser would otherwise be entitled.

Rosenbauer America, LLC will be given a reasonable opportunity to investigate all claims. The purchaser must commence any action arising out of, based upon or relating to agreement or the breach hereof, within twelve months from the date the cause of the action occurred.

Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers.

ALUMINUM SUBFRAME WARRANTY

Subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in this warranty, Rosenbauer America, LLC (hereby referred to as "seller"), hereby warrants to each original purchaser that each new aluminum body subframe (exclusive of paint finish and har dware) is structurally sound and free of all structural defects of both material and workmanship and further warrants that it will maintain such structural integrity for the lifetime of the body. Warranty coverage is transferable to second owner, if appli cable, with proper notification made to Rosenbauer America, LLC.

This warranty is conditioned upon normal use and reasonable maintenance of such subframe; prompt written notice of all defects to seller or one of the seller's then authorized dealers in the area; no repair or additions there to except by seller or authorized by it; said defect not resulting from misuse, negligence, accident, remount, overloading beyond applicable weight rating by customer or third parties. If any such conditions are not complied with, this warranty shall become void and unenforceable.

Should repairs become necessary under the terms or the warranty, the extent of that repair shall be determined solely by the seller and shall be performed solely at Rosenbauer America, LLC or a repair facility designated by the seller. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shall be that of the purchaser and is not an item covered by this warranty.

Seller reserves the unrestricted right at any time from time to time to make changes in the design of and/or improvements on its products without thereby imposing any obligation on itself to make corresponding changes or improvements in or on its products theretofore manufactured.

EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS: THIS MANUFAC TURER'S WARRANTY IS PROVIDED IN PLACE OF ANY AND ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. NO PERSON IS

AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF ROSENBAUER

AMERICA, LLC OR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS OTHER THAN SET FORTH IN THIS MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. YOUR RIGHT TO SERVICE AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS ON

THE TERMS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HERIN ARE YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND NEITHER

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 69

THE MANUFACTURER NOR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES, WHETHER ORDINARY, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL.

Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers.

PAINT WARRANTY - TEN YEAR

The AkzoNobel paint performance guarantee will cover the areas of the vehicle finished with the specified product for a period of TEN (10) years beginning the day the vehicle is delivered to the purchaser.

The full apparatus body, manufactured and painted by Rosenbauer America, LLC, shall be covered for the following paint failures as outlined on the guarantee certificate:

• Peeling or delaminating of the topcoat and/or other layers of paint. • Cracking or checking.
• Loss of gloss caused by cracking, checking, or hazing. • Any paint failure caused by defective AkzoNobel finishes, which are covered by this guarantee.

All guarantee exclusions, limitations, and methods of claims are covered in the full certificate provided to the original purchaser.

Note: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers.

LETTERING WARRANTY

Rosenbauer America, LLC warrants to the original purchaser only, that the lettering and striping, installed by Rosenbauer America, LLC, will remain free from defects for a period of one (1) year under normal use.

Rosenbauer America, LLC will replace without charge, repair or make a fair allowance for any defect in material or workmanship demonstrated to its satisfaction to have existed at the time of delivery or not due to misuse, negligence, or accident. If Rosenbauer America, LLC elects to repair this item, the extent of such repair shall be determined solely by Rosenbauer America, LLC, and shall be performed solely at the Rosenbauer America, LLC factory, or at an approved facility. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shall be borne by the purchaser and is not an item covered under this warranty.

PUMP WARRANTY

Rosenbauer America, LLC (Rosenbauer) warrants, to the original buyer only, that products and parts manufactured by Rosenbauer America, LLC will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of five (5) years from the date the product is first placed in service, or one and one half years from the date of shipment by Rosenbauer America, LLC, whichever period will be the first to expire; provided the buyer notifies Rosenbauer in writing, of the defect in said product within the warranty period, and said product is found by Rosenbauer America to be conforming with the aforesaid warranty.

When required in writing by Rosenbauer, defective products must be promptly returned by the buyer to the Rosenbauer plant or at such other place as may be specified by Rosenbauer with transportation and other charges prepaid. A Return Goods Authorization (RGA) is required for all products and parts and may be requested by phone, fax or mail. The aforesaid warranty excludes any responsibi lity or liability of Rosenbauer America, LLC for:

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 70
• Damages or defects due to accident, abuse, misuse, abnormal operating conditions, negligence, accidental causes or improper maintenance, or attributable to written specifications or instructions furnished to the buyer.
• Defects in products manufactured by others and furnished by Rosenbauer America hereunder, it being understood and agreed by the parties that the only warranty provided for such products shall be the warranty provided by the manufacturer ther eof which, if assignable, Rosenbauer America will assign to the buyer, if requested by buyer. • Any product or part, altered, modified, serviced or repaired other than by Rosenbauer America, without its prior written consent.
• The cost of dismantling, removing, transporting, storing, or insuring the defective product or part and the cost of reinstallation.
• Normal wear items (packing, strainers, filters, light bulbs, anodes, intake screens, etc.) • Failure of the buyer to properly drain the fire pump and the attached plumbing system after each use. (Light Alloy Aluminum only)
• Failure of the buyer to maintain a dry pump and plumbing system between each and every use. (Light Alloy Aluminum only)

All other warranties are excluded, whether expressed or implied by operation of law or otherwise, including all implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose. Rosenbauer America shall not be liable for consequential or incidental damages directly or indirectly arising or resulting from breach of any of the terms of this limited warranty or from the sale, handling, or use of any other product or part. Rosenbauer America liability hereunder, either for breach of warranty or for negligence, is expressly limited at Rosenbauer America option:

• To the replacement at the agreed point of delivery of any product or part, which upon inspection by Rosenbauer America or its duly authorized representative, is found not to conform to the limited warranty set forth above, or
• To the repair of such product or part, or
• To the refund or crediting to buyer of the net sales price of the defective product or part. • Buyer's remedies contained herein are exclusive of any other remedy otherwise available to the buyer.

STAINLESS STEEL PLUMBING WARRANTY

Subject to the provisions, lim itations and conditions set forth in this warranty, Rosenbauer America, LLC (hereby referred to as "seller"), hereby warrants to each original purchaser only that stainless steel plumbing components and ancillary brass fittings used in the construction of the water/foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years. This covers structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser for a period of ten years from the date of the delivery and shall terminate upon the transfer of possession or ownership by original purchaser.

This warranty is conditioned upon normal use and reasonable maintenance of such plumbing; prompt written notice of all defects to seller or one of the seller's then authorized dealers in the area; no repair or additions there to except by seller or authorized by it; said defect not resulting from misuse, negligence, accident, remount, overloading beyond applicable weight rating by customer or third parties. If any such conditions are not complied with, this warranty shall become void and unenforceable.

Should repairs become necessary under the terms or the warranty, the extent of that repair shall be determined solely by the seller and shall be performed solely at Rosenbauer America, LLC or a repair facility designated by the seller. The expense of any transportation to or from such repair facility shal l be that of the purchaser and is not an item covered by this warranty.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 71
Seller reserves the unrestricted right at any time from time to time to make changes in the design of and/or improvements on its products without thereby imposing any obligation on it self to make corresponding changes or improvements in or on its products theretofore manufactured.

EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS: THIS MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY IS PROVIDED IN PLACE OF ANY AND ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES. NO PERSON IS

AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF ROSENBAUER

AMERICA, LLC OR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS OTHER THAN SET FORTH IN THIS MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. YOUR RIGHT TO SERVICE AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS ON

THE TERMS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HERIN ARE YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND NEITHER

THE MANUFACTURER NOR ANY OF ITS DISTRIBUTORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES, WHETHER ORDINARY, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL.

OPERATION AND FAMILIARIZATION MANUAL

The apparatus manufacturer shall supply, at delivery, customized Operation & Familiarization Manual, complete with full-color photos of the actual, completed apparatus with each feature and control identified and its function explained.

Safety, Operation, Maintenance and Troubleshooting sections will include inf ormation about each major component of the apparatus (chassis, pump, foam system, generator, electrical devices, etc.). The manual shall be specific to the apparatus (or group of apparatus) being delivered.

All safety and warning labels shall be repres ented in the manual for subsequent safety inspections to ensure their continued presence on the apparatus.

The manufacturer shall submit a sample manual with the bid proposal. Failure to do so will result in rejection of the proposal. Reference to "on delivery" or "at pre- build" submission is not an acceptable response for the bid document.

“Similar” or “Representative” manuals will not be accepted.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PRINTED MANUAL (OPTION) AS BUILT

ROSENBAUER shall provide with the vehicle upon delivery, one (1) delivery manual for the electrical system. This manual shall be in a notebook type binder, with reference tabs for each section of the vehicle. A digital copy, with all the printed material in an electronic format (Adobe Acrobat PDF) shal l be provided.

Within each section shall be:

• Individual component manufacturer instruction and parts manuals • Warranty forms for the components
• Warranty instructions and format to be used in compliance with warranty obligations • Wiring diagrams
• Installation instruction and drawings for major parts • Visual graphics and electronic photos for the installation of major parts • Necessary normal routine service forms, publications, and components for the installed electrical components
• Technical publications for training and instruction on major components • Warning and safety related notices for personnel protection

Cab and chassis manuals on parts, service and maintenance shall be provided

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 72

ROSENBAUER CUSTOM CHASSIS

A Rosenbauer Commander custom fire truck chassis shall be furnished with the following apparatus body and equipment. See the attached specifications for our exact chassis configuration.

AIR HORNS

Two (2) Hadley brand E -Tone air horns shall be provided. The air horns shall be 6” in diameter and 24” long. Each horn shall feature flared ends offering a pleasing appearance.

AIR HORN LOCATION

The air horns shall be located on the front bumper. One (1) shall be mounted outboard on the driver side and one (1) outboard on the officer side, so as not to interfere with any other components on the bumper. --The air horns are to be mounted one (1) each side, outboard. Centered top to bottom.

SPEAKER

One (1) Federal Signal Model #BP200- EF speaker shall be installed. The design of the BP200 speaker incorporates two (2) 100-watt Neodymium drivers, to produce a full 200-watt output. The unique design of this speaker projects sound evenly to the front as well as to the side of the vehicle. The 200 watt speaker shall include a stainless steel "Electric F" grille and mounting hardware.

The siren speaker shall be installed in the right side of the apparatus bumper.

FEDERAL MECHANICAL SIREN

One (1) Federal Signal Q2B -NN mechanical siren, model Q2B -012NNSD, shall be partially recess mounted into the left side of the front bumper. The grille will be outside the bumper. The "Q" siren shall feature a highly polished chrome body and grille. The siren's distinctive mechanical wail sound shall produce 123 db at 10'.The siren control switch(es) shall be installed in the cab.

UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side on the upper rear of the apparatus body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4-5/16" x 6-3/4".

--Mounted below the upper rear scene lights.

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M6FC chrome flange.

UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen Super LED Micro Freedom light bars shall be installed, one each side on the upper rear of the apparatus body. The unit shall have dimensions of 4" high x 7-9/16" deep.

The driver side warning li ght shall be a Whelen Micro Freedom LED light, model MCFLED2R with a red lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Micro Freedom LED light, model MCFLED2R with a red lens.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 73

REAR WARNING LIGHT MOUNTING

The upper rear lights shall be mount ed on cast aluminum stanchions attached to the apparatus body, one on each side.

UPPER SIDE FRONT WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M9 LED warning lights shall be installed, on the upper portion of the body side, towards the front. The dimensions of the lights shall be 6-1/2" x 10-3/8".

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M9R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M9R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M9FC chrome flange.

UPPER SIDE REAR WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M9 LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side on the upper portion of the body side, towards the rear of the body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 6- 1/2" x 10- 3/8".

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M9R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M9R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M9FC chrome flange.

Lower Cab Warning Provided on Chassis

--Chassis supplied cab warning lights: Whelen M6 series.

INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shal l be installed one each side of the chassis cab.

The dimensions of the lights shall be 4-5/16" x 6-3/4".

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M6FC chrome flange.

LOWER MID-BODY WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shall be installed , one each side of the apparatus, mid-body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4-5/16" x 6-3/4".

--Mounted on the forward outrigger panels.

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M6FC chrome flange.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 74

LOWER REAR SIDE WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side of the apparatus body, towards the rear of the body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4-5/16" x 6-3/4".

--Mounted on the rearward outrigger panels.

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

There shall be cast aluminum step light housing provided for the warning lights. The housing shall have a pyramid tread on the top of the housing.

Each light shall be mounted with a Whelen Model M6FC chrome flange.

LOWER REAR WARNING LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen model M6 LED warning lights shall be installed, one each side on the lower rear of the apparatus body. The dimensions of the lights shall be 4-5/16" x 6-3/4".

The driver side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

The officer side warning light shall be a Whelen Model M6R red Super-LEDTM with color lens.

LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

The following specifications describe the low voltage electrical system on the specified rescue fire apparatus. The electrical system shall include all panels, electrical components, switches and relays, wiring harnesses and other electrical components. The electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to current automotive electrical system standards, the latest Federal DOT standards, and the requirements of the applicable NFPA 1901 standards.

The apparatus shall have a Weldon V -MUX multiplexing system, to provide diagnostic capability. The system shall have the capability of delivering multiple signals via a CAN bus, utilizing specifications set forth by SAE J1939. The electrical system shall be pre- wired for computer modem accessibility to allow service personnel to easily plug in a m odem to allow remote diagnostics, troubleshooting, or program additions. There shall be a diagnostic display provided in the cab. The multiplexed system shall use twisted-pair shielded wire within the electrical system for noise reduction. The diagnosti c display shall allow for fault and condition messages to be displayed. For superior system integrity, the networked system shall meet the following minimum requirement components:

A. Power management center
B. Load shedding power management
C. Solid-state circuitry
D. Switch input capability
E. Responsible for lighting device activation
F. Self-contained diagnostic indicators
G. Power distribution module
H. Diagnostic display for warning message indication
I. High Idle Function

All wiring shall be stranded copper or copper alloy conductors of a gauge rated to carry 125 percent of the maximum current for which the protected circuit. Voltage drops in all wiring from the power source to the device shall not exceed 10 percent. The wiring, wiring harness and insulation shall be in conformance to applicable SAE J-1128 with GXL temperature properties and NFPA standards. All exposed wiring shall be

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 75
protected in a loom with a minimum temperature rating of 289 degrees Fahrenheit. All wiring looms shall be properly supported and attached t o body members. The electrical conductors shall be constructed in accordance with applicable SAE standards, except when good engineering practice requires special construction.

The wiring connections and terminations shall use a method that provides a positive mechanical and electrical connection and shall be installed in accordance with the device manufacturer's instructions.

Electrical connections shall be with mechanical type fasteners and large rubber grommets where wiring passes through metal panels.

The wiring between the cab and body shall be joined using Deutsche type connectors or in an enclosed terminal junction panel. This system will permit body removal with minimal impact on the apparatus electrical system. All connections shall be crimp- type with insulated shanks to resist moisture and foreign debris such as grease and road grime. Weather -resistant connectors shall be provided throughout to ensure the integrity of the electrical system.

Any electrical junction or terminal boxes shall be weather resistant and located away from direct water spray. In addition, the main body junction panel shall house the automatically reset breakers and relays as required.

There shall be no exposed electrical cabling, harnesses, or terminal connections located in compartments, unless they are enclosed in an electrical junction box or covered with a removable electrical panel. The wiring shall be secured in place and protected against heat, liquid contaminants and damage. Wiring shall be uniquely identifi ed at least every two feet (2') by color coding or permanent marking with a circuit function code and identified on a reference chart or electrical wiring schematic per requirements of the applicable NFPA 1901 standards.

The electrical circuits shall be provided with low voltage over current protective devices. Such devices shall be accessible and located in required terminal connection locations or weather resistant enclosures.

The over current protection shall be suitable for electrical equipment and s hall be the automatic reset type and meet SAE standards. All electrical equipment, switches, relays, terminals, and connectors shall have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the protected circuit. The system shall have electro-magnetic interference suppression provided as required in applicable SAE standards.

The electrical system shall include the following:

j) Electrical terminals in weather exposed areas shall have a non- conductive grease or spray applied. A corrosion preventative compound shall be applicable to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body.
k) The electrical wiring shall be harnessed or be placed in a protective loom. l) Holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicone. Large fender washers s hall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.
m) Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate.
n) A coil of wire must be provided behind each elect rical appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work.
o) All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

The warning lights shall be switched in the chassis cab with labeled switches in an accessible location.

Individual rocker switches shall be provided only for warning lights added over the minimum requirement level of warning lights in either the stationary or moving modes. All electrical equipment switches shall be mounted on a switch panel mounted in the cab convenient to the operator. Rocker type warning light switches shall be utilized. For ease of nighttime operation, an integral indicator light shall be provi ded to indicate when the circuit is energized. All switches shall be appropriately identified as to their function.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 76

A single warning light switch shall activate all required warning lights. This switch will allow the vehicle to respond to an emergency and "call for the right of way". When the parking brake is applied, a "blocking right of way" system shall be automatically activated per requirements of the NFPA 1901 standard. All "clear" warning lights shall be automatically turned off upon application of the parking brake.

NFPA REQUIRED TESTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The apparatus shall be electrically tested upon completion of the vehicle and prior to delivery. The electrical testing, certifications, and test results shall be submitted with the deliv ery documentation per requirements of the NFPA 1901 standard. The following minimum testing shall be completed by the apparatus manufacturer:

1. Reserve capacity test:

The engine shall be started and kept running until the engine and engine compartment temperatures are stabilized at normal operating temperatures and the battery system is fully charged. The engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated for ten (10) minutes. All electrical loads shall be turned of f prior to attempting to restart the engine. The battery system shall then be capable of restarting the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a failed test.

2. Alternator performance test at idle:

The minimum continuous electrical l oad shall be activated with the engine running at idle speed. The engine temperature shall be stabilized at normal operating temperature. The battery system shall be tested to detect the presence of battery discharge current. The detection of battery discharge current shall be considered a test failure.

3. Alternator performance test at full load:

The total continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running up to the engine manufacturer's governed speed. The test duration shall be a minimum of two (2) hours. Activation of the load management system shall be permitted during this test. However, if an alarm sounds due to excessive battery discharge, as detected by the system requirements in the NFPA 1901 standard, or a system voltage of less than 11.7 volts dc for a 12 volt system is present for more than 120 seconds, the test shall be considered a failure.

4. Low voltage alarm test:

Following the completion of the above tests, the engine shall be shut off. The total continuous el ectrical load shall be activated and shall continue to be applied until the excessive battery discharge alarm activates. The battery voltage shall be measured at the battery terminals. With the load still applied, a reading of less than 11.7 volts dc for a 12 volt system shall be considered a test failure. The battery system shall then be able to restart the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test failure.

NFPA REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION

The following documentation shall be provided on delivery of the apparatus:

a. Documentation of the electrical system performance tests required above.

b. A written load analysis, including:

1. The nameplate rating of the alternator.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 77

2. The alternator rating under the conditions.

3. Each specified component load.

4. Individual intermittent loads.

COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN SYSTEM ON VISTA SCREEN

The cab and body main compartment doors shall be wired to illuminate an open door indicator on the Weldon V-MUX Vista screen located in the cab when the parking brake is released. The indicator shall individually specify the door(s) that is(are) open. Accessories on the truck, such as light towers, hydraulic ladder rach, deck gun and small accessory doors shall also be wired to illuminate an indicator on the Vista screen when not stowed or open.

BATTERY SYSTEM

The battery system shall be supplied with the chassis.

MASTER ELECTRIC SWITCH

A battery disconnect switch shall be located conveniently to the driver of the apparatus. The switch shall disconnect the 12 volt power supply from the battery system.

12 VOLT USB POWER SOURCE

One (1) 12 volt dual Blue Sea #1039 USB power outlet with 5 volt 4.8 amp output shall be provided.

>>Mounted on top of driver side EMS compartment

The power source shall be "constant hot" and remain active regardless of the position of the master battery switch.

12 VOLT USB POWER SOURCE

One (1) 12 volt dual Blue Sea #1039 USB power outlet with 5 volt 4.8 amp output shall be provided.

>>Mounted on top of officer side EMS compartment

The power source shall be "constant hot" and remain active regardless of the position of the master battery switch.

PUMP ENCLOSURE LIGHTS

Two (2) LED work light shall be provided in the pump enclosure.

The control switch shall be mounted on the light head.

BACKUP CAMERA

A chassis supplied rear camera system shall be mounted on the rear of the vehicle. The camera component and cabling from the camera to the back of the cab shall be installed by the apparatus body manufacturer. All other components shall be installed by the chassis manufacturer.

--The officer side and rearview cameras are to feed to both Vista displays.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 78

MAP LIGHT

One (1) aircraft style map light shall be ceiling mounted on the apparatus. The light shall be 2” in diameter and swivel 360 degrees for direct illumination. The light shall be a 12 volt 5 watt bulb and have an on- off switch located on the light.

HANDLIGHT INSTALLATION

The location of the handlight installation shall be in the apparatus body. All components shall be installed as directed by the fire department.

--The mounting locations for the four (4) e- Spot Lite Boxes & four (4) Survivor chassis supplied handlights is to be determined at the pre-con meeting.

MARKER LIGHTS

LED marker lights shall be i nstalled on the vehicle in conformance to the Department of Transportation requirements.

MARKER LIGHTS

Two (2) Britax P/N L427.203.L12V flex rubber arm style LED Clearance lights shall be mounted on the rear of the body, one each side. These lights are in addition to the lights required by the DOT.

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET

A Cast Products license plate bracket, model LP0005- 1-C shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

The bracket shall have a polished finish and LED light.

TAIL LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen M62BTT LED tail/brake lights shall be provided. The rectangular 4"x6" lights shall be red.

TURN SIGNALS

One (1) pair of Whelen M62T LED turn signals with populated sequential chevron arrow shall be provided.

BACKUP LIGHTS

One (1) pair of Whelen Series M62BU LED backup lights shall be installed on the rear of the apparatus body. The dimensions shall be 4" x 6" and the lens color shall be clear.

FOUR LIGHT HOUSING

One (1) pair of chrome plated tail light housings shall be supplied. Each housing shall be designed to hold four (4) Whelen M6 rear lights located at the lower rear corners of the body.

MID BODY LED TURN SIGNALS

One (1) pair of mid body LED turn signals shall be provided. The location of the turn lights shall be at mid- body near the rear wheel axle.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 79

GROUND LIGHTS

There shall be two (2), one each side, Whelen 3SC0CDCR LED NFPA compliant ground light mounted to the underside of the rub rail of the pump house.

Each light shall include a polycarbonate lens, a housing whi ch is vibration welded and a bulb which shall be shock mounted for extended life.

The ground lighting shall be activated when the parking brake is set.

GROUND LIGHTS - MID BODY

There shall be two (2) AMDOR Luma- Bar H20 LED lights (approx 12") mounted t o the underside of the rub rail, mid body. One (1) light shall be located on the driver's side and one (1) light located on the officer's side of the apparatus.

The light shall have a polycarbonate lens to eliminate breakage from impact and eliminate heat buildup.

The ground lighting shall be activated when the parking brake is set.

GROUND LIGHTS - REAR STEP

There shall be two (2) AMDOR Luma- Bar H20 LED, model AY -9500-12, lights (approx 12") mounted under the rear step. One (1) light shall be located on the driver's side and one (1) light located on the officer's side of the apparatus.

The light shall have a polycarbonate lens to eliminate breakage from impact and eliminate heat buildup.

The ground lighting shall be activated when the parking brake is set.

GROUND LIGHTS

There shall be two (2) AMDOR Luma-Bar H20 LED, model AY-9500-12 lights (approx 12") mounted to the underside of the compartments, behind the rear wheels. One (1) light shall be located on the driver's side and one (1) light located on the officer's side of the apparatus.

The light shall have a polycarbonate lens to eliminate breakage from impact and eliminate heat buildup.

The ground lighting shall be activated when the parking brake is set.

The ground lights shall automatically activate when the apparatus headlights are operating.

REAR TAILBOARD LIGHTS

Two (2) LED step lights with clear lens shall be installed to illuminate the step surfaces at the rear of the apparatus body.

The step/walkway light switch shall be installed and wired to the parking brake.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 80

DECK LIGHTS - FRONT

The deck lights shall be installed at the front of the hose bed.

Three (3) TechNiq E10 LED lights shall be provided on the rear of the bulk head to illuminate the hosebed area. The hosebed lights shall be controlled from a switch at the rear of the apparatus.

LEFT SIDE CAB SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the left side of the cab:

LEFT SIDE CAB SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the left side of the cab:

LEFT SIDE CAB SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the left side of the cab:

--No bezels.

SCENE LIGHT

Two (2) FireTech Guardian FT -GESM scene light shall be provided. The fixture shall be designed to attach to the side of the apparatus and emit light both straight down the side of the body at 0 degrees, and in a perpendicular plane to the mounting sheet on to the scene area near the apparatus. The fixture shall incorporate 4 rows of LEDs, with the center t wo rows of 6 LEDs using conical acrylic optics mounted in alignment with each other to a portion of the aluminum fixture body pointing the entire optical and electronic assembly downward 10 degrees. A moisture blocking vent valve shall be installed in the body of the fixture to allow for equalization of internal pressure without introduction of moisture into the housing.

SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING

The one (1) left side scene light(s) shall activate via a virtual scene light switch located on the driver's and officer's Vista screen and by a switch on the pump panel. The switching shall be wired to operate in a three-way configuration to allow the light(s) to be controlled from either location regardless of switch position. The switches shall be labeled "LEFT SCENE".

LEFT SIDE CAB SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the left side of the cab:

--No bezels.

SCENE LIGHT

Two (2) FireTech Guardian FT -GESM scene light shall be provided. The fixture shall be designed to attach to the side of the apparatus and emit light both straight down the side of the body at 0 degrees, and in a perpendicular plane to the mounting sheet on to the scene area near the apparatus. The fixture shall incorporate 4 rows of LEDs, with the center two rows of 6 LEDs using conical acrylic optics mounted in alignment with each other to a portion of the aluminum fixture body pointing the entire optical and electronic assembly downward 10 degrees. A moisture blocking vent valve shall be installed in the body of the fixture to allow for equalization of internal pressure without introduction of moisture into the housing.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 81

SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING

The one (1) right side scene light(s) shall activate via a virtual scene light switch located on the driver's and officer's Vista screen and by a switch on the pump panel. The switching shall be wired to operate in a three-way configuration to allow the light(s) to be controlled from either location regardless of switch position. The switches shall be labeled "RIGHT SCENE".

REAR BODY SCENE LIGHTING

The following scene lighting shall be located on the rear of the body:

Two (2) Fire Research model SPA900- Q70 surface mount light shall be installed. The light shall be mounted with four (4) screws to a flat surface. It shall be 6 3/4" high by 9" wide and have a profile of less than 1 3/4" beyond the mounting surface. Wiring shall extend from a weatherproof strain relief at the rear of the light.

The light shall have twenty-four (24) white LEDs that generate a rated 7000 lumens at 12 or 24 volts DC.

The lens shall redirect the light along the vehicle and out onto the working area. The light housing shall be aluminum with a chrome bezel.

SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING

The one (1) rear scene light(s) shall activate via a virtual scene light switch located on the driver's and officer's Vista screens.

SCENE LIGHT SWITCHING

The rear scene lights shall activate automatically upon placing the transmission into reverse.

TRAFFIC ARROW

A chassis supplied traffic arrow shall be mounted on the rear of the vehicle. All system components shall be installed by the apparatus body manufacturer.

--Chassis supplied Traffic Arrow: Whelen, 46.82" TIR6 Super-LED, TAM85

The traffic arrow light shall be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus body.

OVERALL DIMENSIONS

The vehicle shall have the following dimensions:

• Chassis wheelbase: 277”
• Cab to axle dimension of chassis: 65”
• Overall length: 44’ 11”
• Overall width: 100” not including mirrors
• Overall height: 144” (12’)

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 82

FLUID DATA PLAQUE

A fluid data plaque containing required information shall be provided based on the applicable components for this apparatus, compliant with NFPA Standards:

• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Chassis transmission fluid
• Drive axle lubricant
• Power steering fluid
• Pump transmission lubrication fluid
• Other NFPA applicable fluid levels or data as required

Location shall be in the driver's compartment or on driver's door.

HEIGHT LENGTH & WEIGHT WARNING LABEL

A highly visible label indicating the overall height, length, and weight of the vehicle shall be installed in the cab dash area.

NO RIDE LABEL

A "NO RIDERS" label shall be applied on the vehicle at the rear step area or other applicable areas. The label shall warn personnel that riding in or on these areas, while the vehicle is in motion is prohibited.

TIRE PRESSURE LABEL

A label shall be placed in a visible area that indicates the front and rear tire pressure.

CAB SEATING POSITION LIMITS

A label shall be installed in the cab to indicate seating positions for fi refighters. A weight allowance of 250 pounds for each shall be factored into the gross vehicle weight rating of the chassis.

HELMET WARNING TAG

A label shall be installed in the cab, visible from each seating position. The label shall read "CAUTION:

DO NOT WEAR HELMET WHILE SEATED." Helmets must be properly stowed while the vehicle is in motion according to the current edition of NFPA 1901.

REAR TOW EYES

Two (2) chrome plated tow eyes with a 3" opening shall be provided at the rear of the chassis.

>>Through rear body sheet

BUMPER

The chassis shall feature a heavy duty bumper constructed from ASTM A36, 1/4" thick steel and painted primary job color. The bumper shall be 12" high by 102" wide with two inch (2") flanges and chamfered corners.

Integral heavy duty steel bumper "wings" shall extend from the bumper to the cab.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 83
The bumper shall be mounted to a fourteen inch (14") long chassis frame extension.

A contoured apron/gravel shield fabricated from NFPA compliant, slip- resistant polished alum inum shall enclose the area between the bumper and the cab.

FRONT BUMPER COMPARTMENT

A recessed fire hose compartment constructed from smooth aluminum shall be installed in the center of the front bumper extension. Water drain holes shall be provided in the bottom.

>>100' of 1.75" DJ hose and nozzle

BUMPER COMPARTMENT DOOR

One (1) raised aluminum tread plate door for the front bumper compartment shall be supplied. The door shall have a minimum 1" lips on all sides surrounding the entire compartment opening, a stainless steel hinge at the rear and a latch to secure the compartment.

COMPARTMENT LIGHT

One (1) vertically mounted LED strip light shall be installed inside the compartment. The light shall have a polycarbonate lens to eliminate breakage from impact and eliminate heat build up and be approximately 30" in length.

MOUNTING

The compartment light shall be mounted in the door jamb to illuminate the compartment interior.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

BUMPER COMPARTMENT DOOR SHOCK

A gas shock shall be supplied to hold the front bumper compartment door in the open position.

BUMPER COMPARTMENT DOOR

The center section of the front bumper shall be cleanly and precisel y cut out. This section shall then be re-attached with a heavy duty stainless steel piano hinge at the bottom and two (2) latches shall be installed to hold the center section in the closed position. An aluminum tread plate top cover for the center front bumper compartment shall be supplied. The top cover shall have a stainless steel hinge at the rear and a hold open device. When the center -hinged section of the front bumper is released the top cover may be opened providing quick and easy access to the front bumper compartment. The front bumper extension assembly shall be adequately re- enforced to accommodate the hinged front face bumper compartment door.

COMPARTMENT MATTING

The bumper compartment floor shall be fitted with removable vinyl Turtle Tile matting. The matting shall be interlocking units, 12 x 12 square by 3/4" thick. This material shall be resistant to temperature, ultra- violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and corrosion free.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 84

HUB AND LUG NUT COVERS

The apparatus shall have chrome or stainless steel hub and lug nut covers on the front and tandem rear axles.

TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR

There shall be a tire pressure indicator, p/n RWTG1235, at each tire’s valve stem on the vehicle that shall indicate if there is insufficient pressure in the specific tire.

REAR MUD FLAPS

A pair of black mud flaps shall be installed behind the rear wheels.

CAB LIFT CONTROL LOCATION

The cab lift controls for tilting the cab shall be recess mounted in the forward wall inside the driver front compartment or behind the pump compartment left side upper access (gauge) panel. Proper operation and warning labels shall be installed adjacent to the controls.

ROSENBAUER N110-2500GPM SINGLE STAGE PUMP

A Rosenbauer model N110, single stage pump shall be designed to mount in a pump module and shall be split-drive shaft driven. The pump shall be driven by a driveline from the truck transmission. The engine shall provide sufficient horsepower and RPM to enable the pump to meet and exceed its rated performance.

The N110 pump shall have a rated capacity of 2,500 GPM and shall meet all applicable sections of NFPA standards. The pump shall be constructed and mounted in accordance with the following specifications.

Pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
100% of rated capacity at 150 pounds net pressure
70% of rated capacity at 200 pounds net pressure
50% of rated capacity at 250 pounds net pressure
100% of rated capacity at 165 pounds net pressure

IMPELLER, PUMP-SHAFT

The high-grade light alloy impeller shall be accurately balanced and mounted on a stainless steel pump shaft. Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by maintenance- free self -adjusting mechanical seals.

The vanes of the impeller int ake eyes shall be of sufficient size and design to provide ample reserve capacity utilizing minimum horsepower.

PUMP TRANSMISSION

The pump transmission shall be of sufficient size to withstand 22,000 foot pounds of torque from the engine. The drive unit shall be designed of ample capacity for lubrication reserve and to maintain the proper operating temperature.

The gearbox housing shall be made of light -weight light alloy. All gears shall be of highest quality case hardening steel with high surface hardness and core toughness.

The transmission shall be pneumatically shifted.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 85
--Rosenbauer N110 2,000 gpm pump.

>>Fire Pump must be completely drained and keep dry between uses. Warranty implications apply

TRIDENT PRIMER – AUTOMATIC

An automatic fire pump priming system shall be provided and installed. The system shall be oil -less type and environmentally safe. Once engaged, the system shall be fully automatic and not require any action from the pump operator/engineer when pump draft is lost. This feature provides an additional safety margin by maintaining pump flow from the available water source automatically during drafting operations.

When air is introduced during a drafting operation from conditions such as whirlpools or turbulence from porta-tank refill operations, the priming system shall automatically engage to remove the air and stabilize water flow and pump pressure. For additional safety, the entire system shall operate at less than 70dBA of ambient noise.

The priming system shall engage automatically whenever the pump discharge falls below five (5) psi and shall remain engaged until a pump prime has been achieved. The priming system shall automatically disengage when a positive pump discharge pressure has been established. The electr ical current draw from the chassis batteries shall not exceed four (4) amps at any given time of operation and allow for unlimited run time without causing an overheat condition for of any of the system components.

A single engagement switch shall be prov ided on the pump control panel that will allow the operator to engage the automatic pump priming system. There shall be a light provided on the pump control panel to indicate when the system is engaged. The pump shall be capable of taking suction and dis charging water with a lift of 10 feet in not more than 30 seconds with the pump dry, through 20 feet of suction hose of appropriate size. The priming system shall comply with applicable sections of NFPA standards.

PRIMER CONTROL

A rocker switch control shall be provided on the pump operator's panel, for the main pump primer control.

PRESSURE GOVERNOR AND MONITORING DISPLAY

A Fire Research PumpBoss model PBA400- A00 pressure governor and monitoring display kit shall be provided on the pump panel. The kit shall include a control module, pressure sensor, and cables. The control module case shall be waterproof and have dimensions not to exceed 6 3/4" high by 4 5/8" wide by 1 3/4" deep. Inputs for monitored information shall be from a J1939 databus or independent sensors.

Outputs for engine control shall be on the J1939 databus or engine specific wiring.

The following continuous displays shall be provided:
• CHECK ENGINE and STOP ENGINE warning LEDs
• Engine RPM; shown with four daylight bright LED digits more than 1/2" high • Engine OIL PRESSURE; shown on an LED bar graph display in 10 psi increments • Engine TEMPERATURE; shown on an LED bar graph display in 10 degree increments • BATTERY VOLTAGE; shown on an LED bar graph display in 0.5 volt increments • PSI / RPM setting; shown on a dot matrix message display • PSI and RPM mode LEDs
• THROTTLE READY LED.

A dot-matrix message display shall show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It shall show monitored apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. The brightness of the displays shall be automatically adjusted for day or night viewing.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 86
The program shall store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine, previous incident hours, and current incident hour s in a non- volatile memory. Stored elapsed hours shall be displayed at the push of a button.

It shall monitor inputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions:
• High Engine RPM
• Pump Overheat
• High Transmission Temperature
• Low Battery Voltage (Engine Off)
• Low Battery Voltage (Engine Running)
• High Battery Voltage
• Low Engine Oil Pressure
• High Engine Coolant Temperature

The governor shall operate in two control modes, pressure and RPM. No discharge pressure or engine RPM variation shall occur when switching between modes. A control knob that uses optical technology shall adjust pressure or RPM settings. I t shall be 2" in diameter with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and have a red idle push button in the center.

A th rottle ready LED shall light when the interlock signal is recognized. The governor shall start in pressure mode and set the engine RPM to idle. In pressure mode the governor shall automatically regulate the discharge pressure at the level set by the operator. In RPM mode the governor shall maintain the engine RPM at the level set by the operator except in the event of a discharge pressure increase. The governor shall limit a discharge pressure increase in RPM mode to a maximum of 30 psi. Other safety features shall include recognition of no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

CHASSIS FUEL GAUGE

A fuel tank level gauge, part number 960536, shall be installed on the pump panel.

ELECTRIC/PNEUMATIC PUMP SHIFT

The Rosenbauer fire pump shall be equipped with an air operated pump shift. The pump shift shall be air operated and shall incorporate an air cylinder with an electric actuated switch to shift from road to pump and back. The air shift control valve shall be mounted in the cab.

The fire pump- shift system shall be equipped with a means to prevent unintentional movement of the control device from its set position. The system shall include a nameplate indicating the chassis transmission shift selector position to be used for pumping and located so that it can be easily read from the driver's position.

The system shall include the applicable NFPA standard interlocks, pump shift and OK TO PUMP indicator lights in the cab and pump panel. The fire pump system shall be equipped with an interlock system shall be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged in the pumping mode of operation so that the pumping system can be safely operated from the pump operator's position.

If applicable, the secondary braking device shall be automatically disengaged for pumping operations.

FIRE PUMP SHIFT COVER

The fire pump shift control shall be equipped with a cover to prevent accidental movement of the pump engagement control.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 87

FIRE PUMP COOLING

The fire pump shall be equipped Rosenbauer thermal bypass cooling system. The system shall automatically dump water through a discharge line to the ground when pump water temperature exceeds 140 degrees.

APPROVED PUMP PANEL DRAWING

A pump panel drawing shall be provided for approval to the fire department prior to building the pump panel. The drawing will show the primary controls and gauges and not every switch or label.

Pump panel drawing shall be based on model of pump, manifolds, driveline angles, exhaust layout and other engineering concerns. The pump panel drawing is configured based on the pump and manifold design specified and in some cases changes to the lay out will be limited. Any changes made by the department are subject to engineering approval.

Delays in pump panel drawing approval may delay the completion of the apparatus.

PUMP ANODES

There shall be sacrificial, zinc anodes in the pump steamer ports which shall protect the pump and piping from electrolysis. These anodes shall also act as screens.

PUMP PLUMBING SYSTEM

The fire pump plumbing system shall be of rigid stainless steel pipe or flexible piping with stainless steel fittings. Mechanical grooved couplings shall be installed to permit f lexing of the plumbing system and allow for quick removal of piping or valves for service. Flexible hose couplings shall be threaded stainless steel or mechanical grooved coupling connections.

The fire pump and plumbing shall be hydrostatically test ed in compliance to applicable sections of NFPA standards. The test results shall be included in the delivery documentation.

FIRE PUMP MASTER DRAIN

The fire pump plumbing system and fire pump shall be piped to a single push- pull type master pump drain assembly.

ADDITIONAL LOW POINT DRAINS

The plumbing system shall be equipped with additional low point manually operated drain valves to allow total draining of the fire pump plumbing system. These valves shall be accessible from the side of the vehicle and labeled.

STAINLESS STEEL INTAKE MANIFOLD

The suction manifold assembly shall be fabricated with Schedule #10 type 304 stainless steel. All threaded fittings shall be a minimum of Schedule 10 stainless steel. The suction manifold assembly shall have radiused sweep elbows to minimize water turbulence into the suction volute. The suction manifold shall be welded and pressure tested prior to installation. The stainless steel manifold assembly shall be attached to the pump intake volute with a heavy-duty, flexible Victaulic coupling.

The stainless steel manifold assembly shall have a ten (10) year warranty.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 88

STAINLESS STEEL DISCHARGE MANIFOLD

The discharge manifold assembly shall be fabricated with minimum of Schedule #10 Type 304 stainless steel. All threaded fittings shall be a minimum of Schedule #40 stainless steel. The discharge manifold assembly shall have radiused sweep elbows to minimize water turbulence. The manifold shall be welded and pressure tested prior to installation. The stainl ess steel manifold inlet shall be attached to the pump discharge and have additional brackets as required to support the discharge manifold, valves and related components.

The stainless steel manifold assembly shall have a ten (10) year warranty.

FIRE PUMP & PLUMBING SYSTEM PAINTING

The fire pump and plumbing system shall be painted by the fire apparatus manufacturer. The fire pump and the plumbing shall be painted metallic silver.

HOSE THREADS

The hose threads shall be National Standard Thread (NST) on all base threads on the apparatus intakes and discharges.

LEFT SIDE -- 6" UNGATED INTAKE

One (1) 6" ungated suction intake shall be installed on the left side pump panel to supply the fire pump from an external water supply. The threads shall be 6" NST. The intake shall be provided with a removable screen.

DRIVER SIDE BALL INTAKE VALVE

There shall be a manual operated ball intake valve furnished on the driver side pump panel. Gate valve shall have a slow close operator located on the valve. Valve shall be mounted directly to the pump outboard of the side pump panel. The valve shall be capable of withstanding the same pressures as the pump. The valve will have an TFT AX8- NX-NX 30-degree elbow with relief valve and bleeder installed on the supply side of the valve that dumps to atmosphere. The ball intake valve shall have a bleeder/drain valve.

Valve shall be 6" NST female swivel thread by 6" NST male thread.

A 6" chrome plated cap shall be provided. The threads shall be NST and the cap s hall be equipped long handles.

RIGHT SIDE -- 6" UNGATED INTAKE

One (1) 6" ungated suction intake shall be installed on the right side pump panel to supply the fire pump from an external water supply. The intake shall be provided with a removable screen.

PASSENGER SIDE INTAKE VALVE

There shall be a manual operated ball intake valve furnished on the passenger side pump panel. Gate valve shall have a slow close operator located on the valve. Valve shall be mounted directly to the pump outboard of the side pump panel. The valve shall be capable of withstanding the same pressures as the pump. The valve will have an TFT AX8- NX-NX 30-degree elbow with relief valve and bleeder installed on the supply side of the valve that dumps to atmosphere. The ball intake valve shall have a bleeder/drain valve.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 89
Valve shall be 6" NST female swivel thread by 6" NST male thread.

A 6" chrome plated cap shall be provided. The threads shall be NST and the cap shall be equipped long handles.

WATER TANK TO PUMP LINE

A 3" water tank to the rear mounted fire pump line shall be provided with a full flow quarter turn ball valve, 4" piping, and with flex hose and stainless steel hose clamps. The tank to pump line shall be equipped with a check valve to prevent pressurization of the water tank.

The line shall be flow tested during the fire pump testing and shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA standards.

The tank to pump valve shall be controlled at the pump operator's panel.

The valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series three-inch (3") valve with a stainless ball.

An Akron valve equipped with a manually operated pull rod, with quarter -turn locking feature shall be provided on the intake. The handle shall be equipped with a color-coded name plate.

FIRE PUMP TO WATER TANK FILL LINE

A 2" fire pump to water tank refill and pump bypass cooler line shall be provided. The valve shall be a full flow quarter turn ball valve with 2" piping and flex hose to tank. The valve control handle shall have a nameplate located near the valve control.

The valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two-inch (2") valve with a stainless ball.

An Akron valve equipped with a manually operated pull rod, with quarter -turn locking feature shall be provided on the intake. The handle shall be equipped with a color-coded name plate.

FIRE PUMP SPLIT SHAFT DRIVESHAFTS AND INSTALLATION

The mid- ship split shaft fire pump shall be installed and shall include installation of the fire pump, modification and/or fabrication of new drivelines and all pump-mounting brackets. The drive shaft(s) shall be spin balanced prior to final installation.

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES CERTIFICATION

The pump shall undergo an Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated test per applicable sections of NFPA standards, prior to delivery of the completed apparatus.

The UL acceptance certificate shall be furnished with the apparatus on delivery.

FIRE PUMP TEST LABEL

A fire pump performance and rating label shall be installed on the fire apparatus pump panel. The label shall denote levels of pump performance and testing completed at factory. These shall include GPM at net pump pressure, RPM at such level, and other pertinent data as required by applicable NFPA standards. In addition, the pressure control device, tank to pump flow tests, and other required testing shall be completed.

In addition, the entire pump, suction and discharge passages shall be hydrostatically tested to a pressure as required by applicable NFPA standards. The pump shall be fully tested at the pump manufacturer's

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 90
factory to the performance specifications as outlined by applicable NFPA standards. Pump shall be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration.

If applicable, the fire pump shall be tested and rated as follows:

• 100% of rated capacity at 150 pounds net pressure.
• 70% of rated capacity at 200 pounds net pressure.
• 50% of rated capacity at 250 pounds net pressure.
• 100% or rated capacity at 165 pounds net pressure.

INTAKE RELIEF/DUMP VALVE

An Elkhart Model 40, 2- 1/2" intake reli ef/dump valve preset at 125 psi shall be permanently installed on the suction side of the fire pump. The valve shall have an adjustment range of 75 psi to 250 psi, and shall be designed to automatically self-restore to a non-relieving position when excessive pressure is no longer present.

Discharge side of the intake relief valve shall be plumbed away from the pump operator.

--Pre-set at 175 psi.

FIRE PUMP COOLING

The fire pump shall be equipped with 3/8" cooling line from the pump to the water tank. This pump cooling re-circulation line shall be controlled at the pump panel by a quarter -turn in-line ball valve with mini -twist control handle. The control handle shall be labeled "PUMP COOLING". There shall be a check valve installed in the pump cooler line to prevent tank water from back flowing into the pump when it is not in use.

FIRE PUMP COOLING

The fire pump shall be equipped Hale Model TRV -L, thermal bypass cooling system. The system shall automatically dump water through a .375" discharge line to the ground when pump water temperature exceeds 120 degrees. A warning light and alarm shall be installed on the pump panel with proper label installed. The valve shall be equipped with an integral strainer and shall reset automatically.

CHASSIS ENGINE HEAT EXCHANGER COOLING SYSTEM

The apparatus shall be equipped with a heat exchanger for supplementary chassis engine cooling during fire pump operations. A manually operated quarter -turn in- line ball valve with mini -twist control handle mounted at the pump panel shall direct water from the fire pump to the heat exchanger that is mounted in the engine radiator cooling hose. The system shall provide cooling water from the fire pump to circulate around the engine radiator coolant without mixing or coming in direct contact with the engine coolant. The unit shall be installed by the chassis manufacturer and connected to the plumbing system by the fire apparatus manufacturer.

The control shall be identified with a chrome bezel label assembly labeled, "AUXILIARY ENGINE COOLER".

LEFT SIDE -- 2-1/2" GATED INTAKE

One (1) 2-1/2" gated suction intake shall be installed on left side pump panel to supply the fire pump from an external water supply. The control valve shall be a quarter turn ball valv e and shall have 2- 1/2" NST female thread of chrome plated brass.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 91
The intake shall be equipped with a ¾" drain and bleeder valve. A nameplate label and removable screen shall be installed.

An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow -out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to close.

A 2-1/2" chrome plated plug shall be provided. The threads shall be NST and the plug shall be equipped rocker lugs and chain or cable securement.

The valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball.

The valve shall be equipped with a manually operated, swing- type manual control located adjacent the intake. The valve shall be equipped with a color-coded name plate.

RIGHT SIDE -- 2-1/2" GATED INTAKE

One (1) 2- 1/2" gated suction intake shall be installed on right side pump panel to supply the fire pump from an external water supply. The control valve shall be a quarter turn ball valve and shall have 2- 1/2" NST female thread of chrome plated brass.

The intake shall be equipped with a ¾" drain and bleeder valve. A nameplate and removable screen shall be installed.

A 2-1/2" chrome plated plug shall be provided. The threads shall be NST and the plug shall be equipped rocker lugs and chain or cable securement.

The valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half-inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball.

The valve shall be equipped with a manually operated, swing- type manual control located adjacent the intake. The valve shall be equipped with a color-coded name plate.

2" DISCHARGE FRONT CENTER BUMPER

A 2" discharge shall be installed at front center bumper area with brass swivel outlet with 1- 1/2" NST male threads. The valve control shall be on pump panel and a nameplate label provided at valve control area.

The plumbing shall be flexible hose with abrasion resistant support mountings. Auxiliary low point drains shall be provided on the discharge line.

A Class 1 3/4" cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow -out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a 1"x 1 1/2" recessed ID label provision.

The hose connection for the front discharge shall be a swivel type located inside the front bumper hosewell.

The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two-inch (2") valve with a stainless ball.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 92
For valve actuation, the specified discharge shall be equipped with a side mount valve control. The ergonomically designed 1/4 turn push- pull T-handle shall be chrome plated zinc with recessed labels for color coding and signage. The gear -control rod, double laminated locking clips, and rod housing shall be stainless steel and provide true positive lock that will eliminate valve drift. Bronze and Tefl on impregnated stainless steel bushings in both ends of rod housing shall eliminate rod deflection, never need lubrication and ensure consistent long-term operation.

The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome- plated zinc panel mounted bezel wi th recessed color-coded label.

>>Purple

One (1) 2-1/2" IC discharge pressure gauges (0- 400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

DEADLAY HOSE BED

A dead hosebed crosslay shall be installed over pump enclosure (no piping or valve provided to the hosebed). The hosebed decking shall be constructed with slots integrated into the hosebed floor.

The hose bed shall provide a minimum capacity of 200 f eet of 1- 3/4" diameter double jacket hose with nozzle, for hose provided by fire department.

--One (1) 1.5" speedlay deadlay is to be provided ahead of the pump.

TWO (2) 1-1/2" SPEEDLAY DISCHARGES

Two (2) 1- 3/4" pre- connect hose speedlays shall be installed ahead of the front of body or pump enclosure, controlled with quarter turn 2" diameter ball valves. The outlets shall be equipped 2" NPT female swivel x 1-1/2" male NST hose threads.

The hosebed decking shall be constructed with slots integrated into the hosebed floor.

The hose bed shall provide a minimum capacity of 200 feet of 1- 3/4" diameter double jacket hose with hose and nozzle provided by fire department.

A Class 1 automatic type 3/4" bleeder valve shall be installed.

The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two-inch (2") valve with a stainless ball.

For valve actuation, the specified discharge shall be equipped with a side mount valve control. The ergonomically designed 1/4 turn push- pull T-handle shall be chrome plated zinc with recessed labels for color coding and signage. The gear -control rod, double laminated locking clips, and rod housing shall be stainless steel and provide true positive lock that will eliminate valve drift. Bronze and Teflon impregnated stainless steel bushings in both ends of rod housing shall eliminate rod deflection, never need lubrication and ensure consistent long-term operation.

The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome- plated zinc panel mounted bezel with recessed color-coded label.

--Upper: Yellow
--Lower: White

Two (2) 2-1/2" IC discharge pressure gauges (0- 400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 93
2-1/2" SPEEDLAY DISCHARGE

One (1) 2-1/2" pre-connect hose speedlay shall be installed ahead of the front of body or pump enclosure, controlled with quarter turn 2- 1/2" diameter ball valve. The outlet shall be equipped 2- 1/2" NPT female swivel x 2-1/2" male NST hose threads.

The hosebed decking shall be constructed with slots integrated into the hosebed floor.

The hosebed shall provide a minimum capacity of 150 feet of 2- 1/2" diameter double jacket hose with hose and nozzle provided by fire department.

--200' of 2.5" hose.

A Class 1 automatic type 3/4" bleeder valve shall be installed.

The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half -inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball.

The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome- plated zinc panel mounted bezel with recessed color-coded label.

One (1) 2-1/2" IC discharge pressure gauges (0- 400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

REMOVABLE TRAY FOR PRE-CONNECTED HOSE BEDS

The 2-1/2" pre-connect hosebed(s) shall be equipped with a "U" shaped aluminum hose tray. The unit shall be equipped with pull out hand holes and retaining devices to secure the tray, nozzle, and hose in transit.

REMOVABLE TRAY FOR PRE-CONNECTED HOSE BEDS

The 1-3/4" pre-connect hosebed(s) shall be equipped with a "U" shaped aluminum hose tray. The unit shall be equipped with pull out hand holes and r etaining devices to secure the tray, nozzle, and hose in transit.

LEFT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- 2-1/2" DISCHARGE

Two (2) 2- 1/2" discharge shall be installed on the left side pump panel area and shall be controlled by a quarter turn ball valve. The discharge shall have 2- 1/2" NST male hose threads. A color coded nameplate label shall be provided adjacent the control handle.

An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chr ome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow -out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on each drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to close.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 94
Two (2) chrome plated reducing adapter with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2- 1/2" NST rigid female x 1-1/2" NST male hose threads.

Two (2) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2- 1/2" NST swivel female x 2- 1/2" NST male hose threads.

Two (2) 1- 1/2" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be provided.

The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half -inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball.

For valve actuation, the specified discharge shall be equipped with a side mount valve control. The ergonomically designed 1/4 turn push- pull T-handle shall be chrome plated zinc with recessed labels for color coding and signage. The gear -control rod, double laminated locking clips , and rod housing shall be stainless steel and provide true positive lock that will eliminate valve drift. Bronze and Teflon impregnated stainless steel bushings in both ends of rod housing shall eliminate rod deflection, never need lubrication and ensure consistent long-term operation.

The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome- plated zinc panel mounted bezel with recessed color-coded label.

>>#1: Red
>>#2: Blue

Two (2) 2-1/2" IC discharge pressure gauges (0- 400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- 2-1/2" DISCHARGE

One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be installed on the right side pump panel area and shall be controlled by a quarter turn ball valve. The discharge shall have 2- 1/2" NST male hose threads. A color coded nameplate label shall be provided adjacent the control handle.

One (1) chrome plated reducing adapter with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2- 1/2" NST rigid female x 1-1/2" NST male hose threads.

One (1) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2- 1/2" NST swivel female x 2- 1/2" NST male hose threads.

One (1) 1- 1/2" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be provided.

The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half -inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball.

For valve actuation, the specified discharge shall be equipped with a side mount valve control. The ergonomically designed 1/4 turn push- pull T-handle shall be chrome plated zinc with recessed labels for color coding and signage. The gear -control rod, double laminated locking clips, and rod housing shall be stainless steel and provide true positive lock that will eliminate valve drift. Bronze and Teflon impregnated stainless steel bushings in both ends of rod housing shall elim inate rod deflection, never need lubrication and ensure consistent long-term operation.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 95
The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome- plated zinc panel mounted bezel with recessed color-coded label.

>>#3: Orange

One (1) 2-1/2" IC discharge pressure gauges (0- 400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

RIGHT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- 4" DISCHARGE

One (1) 4" discharge shall be installed on the right side pump panel area and shall be controlled by a full flow 4" slow-close quarter turn ball valve. The discharge shall have 4" NST male hose threads. A color coded nameplate label shall be provided adjacent the control handle.

An Innovative Controls ¾” cast bronze quarter-turn drain/bleeder valve shall be installed. The valve shall be complete with a chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced teflon seals, and blow -out proof stem rated to 600 PSI. A chrome plated zinc handle shall be provided on eac h drain valve complete with a recessed ID label provision. The handle shall lift to open and push down to close.

One (1) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 4" NST swivel female x 4" NST male hose threads.

--One (1) 4" NST female swivel X 4" male elbow is to be supplied.

One (1) 4" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be provided.

The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series four-inch (4") valve.

One (1) Akron valve equipped wit h an Akron manually operated hand wheel control with dial type position indicator shall be provided on the specified 4" discharge. A color -coded name plate installed over the valve control.

>>#4: Green

One (1) 2-1/2" IC discharge pressure gauges ( 0-400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

REAR RIGHT SIDE -- 2-1/2" DISCHARGE

One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be installed on the right side rear panel of the apparatus body and shall be controlled by a quarter turn ball valve on the pump panel. The discharge shall have 2- 1/2" NPT x 2- 1/2" NST male hose threads. The outlet shall be equipped with an engraved nameplate label shall be installed adjacent the valve control handle.

One (1) chrome plated elbow with rocker lugs shall be provided with 2- 1/2" NST swive l female x 2- 1/2" NST male hose threads.

One (1) 2- 1/2" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be provided.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 96
The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series two and one half -inch (2-1/2") valve with a stainless ball.

The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome- plated zinc panel mounted bezel with recessed color-coded label.

>>Brown

One (1) 2-1/2" IC discharge pressure gauges (0- 400 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

REAR AERIAL INLET AND DISCHARGE

One (1) 4" fire pump discharge shall be piped to the rear of the apparatus with 4" pipe and controlled with a slow close valve on the pump panel. The 4" rear inlet connection shall provide a dual supply to the aerial device. The rear inlet shall have 4" NST male threads and a 4" NST rocker lug cap with cable or chain securement shall be provided.

There shall be a 1-1/2" drain installed in the rear aerial supply line with control on the rear of the apparatus body.

A color coded nameplate labels shall be provided at rear and on the pump panel control handle.

--This will be us ed as an aerial inlet when the waterway butterfly is open and an off -truck water supply is connected to the inlet.
--It will also be capable of being used as an LDH when the waterway butterfly is closed and the valve at the water pump is opened.

One (1) 4" NST rocker lug chrome plated vented cap and cable or chain securement shall be provided.

The specified valve shall be an Akron 8000 Series four-inch (4") valve.

One (1) Akron valve equipped with an Akron manually operated hand wheel control with dial type position indicator shall be provided on the specified 4" discharge. A color -coded name plate installed over the valve control.

FLOWMETER

One (1) Fire Research Ultimate model FPA400 combination digital flowmeter and pressure indicator kit shall be installed. The kit shall include a flowmeter/pressure display module, paddlewheel flow sensor, flow sensor housing with a mount for plumbing, pressure sensor, and interconnecting cables. The display module case shall be waterproof, manufactured of anodized machined aluminum, and have dimensions not to exceed 4 3/8" high by 4 3/8" wide by 3 1/2" deep. The module shall have a digital LED display for flow with super bright digits more than 3/8" high. Flow rate shall be displayed in GPM. The module shall

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 97
have an analog display for pressure with an expanded scale in the normal operating range for more accurate readings. The pressure indicator input and movement shall be electronic. Pressure readings shall be displayed in PSI.

FLOWMETER and PRESSURE INDICATOR COLOR CODED BEZEL

Fire Research – C11 option for burgandy powder coat shall be applied to the flowmeter and pr essure display bezel.

FLOWMETER SENSOR MOUNT

A sensor mount for four inch (4") pipe, compatible with Fire Research flow meter sensor, shall be installed.

FOAM PRO FOAM SYSTEM

A FoamPro part number S106- 2001 electronic foam proportioning system shall be provided. The system shall be capable of using both Class A and most Class B foam concentrates. The foam proportioning operation shall be designed for direct measurement of water flows, and shall remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures . The system shall be capable of accurately delivering foam solution as required by applicable sections of the NFPA standards.

The system shall be equipped with a digital electronic control display suitable for installation on the pump panel. There shall be a microprocessor incorporated within the electronic controls that shall receive input from the system's flow meter, while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor shall compare the values to ensure that the desired amount of foam concentrate is injected onto the discharge side of the fire pump.

Paddlewheel-type flow meter(s) shall be installed in the discharges specified to be "foam capable". When the use of more than one (1) flow meter is required, an electronic interfac e module will be provided to total these flows and send the flow total to the microprocessor in the computer control module.

The digital computer control display shall enable the pump operator to perform the following control and operation functions for the foam proportioning system:

• Provide push-button control of foam proportioning rates from 0.1% to 10%, in 0.1% increments • Show current flow-per-minute of water
• Show total volume of water discharged during and after foam operations are completed • Show total amount of foam concentrate consumed
• Simulate flow rates for manual operation
• Perform setup and diagnostic functions for the computer control microprocessor • Flash a "low concentrate" warning when the foam concentrate tank (s) become low • Flash a "no concentrate" warning and shut the foam concentrate pump off, preventing damage to the pump, should the foam tank(s) become empty

A 12 volt electric motor driven positive displacement foam concentrate pump shall be provided and installed in an accessible location. The pump capacity range shall be 0.1 to 2.6 GPM (9.8L/min) at 150 PSI with a maximum operating pressure up to 400 PSI (2750 kPa). The system shall draw a maximum of 40 amps at 12 volts. An electronic driver for the pump motor shall be mounted to the base of the pump and shall receive signals from the computer control display, and regulate the 1/2 horsepower (.40 Kw) electric motor directly coupled to the concentrate pump in a variable speed duty cycle to ensure that the correct proportion of concentrate, preset by the pump operator is injected into the water stream.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 98
A full flow check valve shall be provided to prevent foam contamination of the fire pump and water tank or water contamination of the foam tank.

Components of the complete proportioning system as described above shall include:
• Operator control and display
• Paddlewheel flow meter(s)
• Pump and electric motor/motor driver
• Wiring harnesses
• Low level tank switch
• Foam injection check valve
• Main waterway check valve

The foam system shall be installed and calibrated to manufacturer's requirements. In addition the system shall be tested and certified by the apparatus manufacturer to meet applicable NFPA standards.

The foam system design shall be tested and pass environmental testing in accordanc e to SAE standards.

The system shall be third party tested to certify compliance with RFI/EMI emissions per MIL-STD-416E.

An installation and operation manual shall be provided for the unit. The system shall have a one (1) year limited warranty by the foam system manufacturer.

ADVANCE FEATURE CONTROLLER

The FoamPro foam ejection system pump shall be equipped with an Advance Feature Controller. The controller allows the "auto-on" of the foam system when the fire pump is engaged.

CONTROL CONNECTION CABLE FOAM SYSTEM

The FoamPro 2001 Series foam system shall be provided with a twelve (12) foot control cable from the controller to the foam pump assembly.

PUMP PANEL CONTROL FOAM SYSTEM

The FoamPro 2001 Series foam system shall be provided with pump panel mounted control assembly.

INSTRUCTION AND RATING LABEL -- FOAM SYSTEM

A FoamPro part number 6032- 0020 instruction and system rating label shall be provided. The label shall display information for a FoamPro 2001 Series foam system and shal l meet applicable sections of the NFPA standards.

SCHEMATIC LABEL -- FOAM SYSTEM

A FoamPro foam system schematic label shall be installed on the pump panel near foam controls. The label shall be a diagram of the FoamPro 2001 foam system layout and shall meet applicable sections of the NFPA standards.

--Foam discharges:

--The front bumper discharge, the two (2) 1.5" speedlays and Rear 2.5" discharge.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 99
1" FOAM TANK CONTROL -- CLASS A

A Class A foam tank shall be plumbed with 1" valve and corrosion resistant hose from the foam tank to the foam inlet of the foam system. The manually opened valve shall be provided behind the pump panel with a label.

FOAM LINE STRAINER

A strainer with 304 stainless steel #20 mesh screen shall be installed in the foam line ahead of the foam concentrate pump. The strainer shall be easily accessible and removable for cleaning. The strainer screen shall be suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates.

INTEGRAL CLASS A FOAM TANK -- 30 GALLON

A thirty (3 0) gallon Class A foam tank shall be installed within the water tank. The non- corrosive foam tank shall meet applicable sections of NFPA standards. The foam concentrate tank shall be provided with sufficient wash partitions so that the maximum dimension perpendicular to the plane of any partition shall not exceed 36 inches. The swash partition(s) shall extend from wall to wall and cover at least 75 percent of the area of the plane of the partition.

The foam concentrate tank shall be provided with a fill tower or expansion compartment having a minimum area of 12 square inches and having a volume of not less than 2 percent of the total tank volume. The fill tower opening shall be protected by a completely sealed air -tight cover. The cover shall be attached to the fill tower by mechanical means. The fill opening shall be designed to incorporate a 1/4 inch removable screen and shall be located so that foam concentrate from a five (5) gallon container can be dumped directly to the bottom of the tank to mini mize aeration without the use of funnels or other special devices.

The foam tank fill tower shall be equipped with a pressure/vacuum vent that enables the tank to compensate for changes in pressure or vacuum when filling or withdrawing foam concentrate fr om the tank. The pressure/vacuum vent shall not allow atmospheric air to enter the foam tank except during operation or to compensate for thermal fluctuations. The vent shall be protected to prevent foam concentrate from escaping or directly contacting t he vent at any time. The vent shall be of sufficient size to prevent tank damage during filling or foam withdrawal.

A color coded label or visible permanent marking that reads "FOAM TANK FILL" shall be placed at or near any foam concentrate tank fills opening. A label shall be placed at or near any foam concentrate tank fill opening that specifies the type of foam concentrate the system is designed to use. Any restrictions on the types of foam concentrate that can be used with the system shall also be s tated, and a warning message that reads "WARNING: DO NOT MIX BRANDS AND TYPES OF FOAM." The foam concentrate tank outlet connection shall be designed and located to prevent aeration of the foam concentrate and shall allow withdrawal of 80 percent of the foam concentrate tank storage capacity under all operating conditions with the vehicle level.

The foam tank(s) shall be fabricated by United Plastic Fabricating.

FOAM TANK DRAIN -- UNDER TANK

The foam tank shall have a 1" gate valve drain provision installed.

CLASS A FOAM TANK GAUGE

A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360- A00 foam tank indicator kit shall be installed at the operator’s panel. The kit shall include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10- ft sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator shall show the volume of Class A foam concentrate in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs shall provide for a viewing

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 100
angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case shall be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon, and have a distinctive green label.

The program features shall be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program shall support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a datalink to connect remote indicators. Low foam warnings shall include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank, down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty, and an output for an audio alarm.

The indicator shall receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor shall be mounted from the outside of the foam tank near the bottom. No probe shall be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring shall be weather resis tant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. The foam tank vent shall be installed on the foam fill tower.

FOAM SYSTEM DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

The proportioning system shall be capable of proportioning foam concentrate in accordance wi th the foam concentrate manufacturer's recommendations for the type of foam concentrate used in the system over the system's design range of flow and pressures. The foam proportioning system water flow characteristics and the range of proportioning ratio shall be specified as noted herein. The latest foam system shall be in compliance with applicable NFPA standards as it relates to this specified system

PLUMBING AND STRAINER

The foam concentrate supply line shall be non- collapsible. A means shall be provided to prevent water back flow into the foam proportioning system and the foam concentrate storage tank.

A strainer or filter shall be provided on the foam concentrate supply side of the foam proportioner to prevent any debris that might affect the operation of the foam proportioning system from entering the system. The strainer assembly shall consist of a removable straining element, housing, and retainer. The strainer assembly shall allow full flow capacity of the foam supply line.

FOAM SYSTEM CONTROLS

The foam proportioning system operating controls shall be located at or near the pump operator's position and shall be clearly identified. Foam proportioning system shall be provided with accessible controls to completely flush the system with water according to the manufacturer's instructions.

LABELS AND INSTRUCTIONS

An instruction plate shall be provided for the foam proportioning system that include, at a minimum, piping schematic of the system and basic operating instructions. Labels that are marked clearly with the identification and function shall be provided for each control, gauge, and indicator related to the foam proportioning system.

A label shall be provided on the pump operator's panel that identifies the type of foam concentrate that the foam proportioning system is designed to use. It shall also state the minimum/maximum foam proportioning rate at the minimum/maximum foam proportioning rated system flow and pressure.

Two (2) copies of an operations and maintenance manual shall be provided. They shall include a complete diagram of the system together with operating instructions and details outlining all recommended maintenance procedures.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 101

FOAM SYSTEM TESTING

The accuracy of the foam proportioning system shall be certified by the foam equipment manufacturer and also tested by the installer prior to delivery of the apparatus in compliance to NFPA standards.

SIDE MOUNT PUMP ENCLOSURE

The side mount pump enclosure shall be removable and supported from the chassis frame rails. This enclosure will allow independent flexing of the pump enclosure from the body and allow for quick removal.

The support structure shall be constructed of extruded aluminum tubing and angle.

All pump suction and discharge controls are to be mounted on the driver side pump operator's panel so as to permit operation of the pump from a central location. The fire pump, valves and controls shall be accessible for service and maintenance as required by applicable sections of NFPA standards.

The "master" gauges shall be suitably enclosed and mounted on a full pump compartment width "hinged" gauge panel constructed of the same material as the pump operators control panel, allowing access to the backside of all gauges and gauge lines. The individual gauges shall be mounted inline with the control handle or adjacent to the control handle. Panel is to include a stainless steel piano hinge, flush mounted chrome plated trigger latch, and stainless steel cable end stops. Electrical wiring and all gauge lines shall be properly tie wrapped to prevent kinking or cutting of the lines when the panel is opened.

The following controls and equipment as specified in the specifications, shall be provided on the pump panel or within the pump enclosure:

• Primer.
• Pump and plumbing area service lights.
• Pressure control device and throttle control.
• Fire pump and engine instruments.
• Pump intakes and discharge controls.
• Master intake and discharge gauges.
• Tank fill control.
• Tank suction control.
• Water tank level gauge.
• Pump panel lights.

CROSSLAY INSTALLATION

The dunnage area atop the pump enclosure shall be notched for the installation of a crosslay hose bed.

The hosebed shall have smooth sides and a perforated floor to allow for drainage. Provisions shall be provided to secure hose and equipment per requirements of applicable NFPA standards.

--Side-Mount pump enclosure with speedlays.

OPEN DUNNAGE COMPARTMENT -- OVER PUMP ENCLOSURE

An open compartment shall be located on the top of the pump module. The compart ment will be constructed as large as space permits with removable slip resistance floor material or decking in the base of the compartment.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 102

LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD -- SIDE MOUNT PANEL

The left side mount pump panel shall be equipped with side running board. The running board will extend along the width of the pump enclosure from the forward end of the body module to behind the chassis cab.

The running board shall be constructed of aluminum tread plate, bolted in place with stainless steel fasteners. The step surfaces shall be in compliance with applicable sections of NFPA requirements.

PUMP SLIDE OUT STEP -- LEFT SIDE

A slide out step assembly shall be installed on the left side pump panel using roller bearing slide tracks.

The step shall be fabr icated of slip resistant NFPA compliant grating, and shall extend out approximately 24" and lock in both the in and out positions.

RIGHT SIDE RUNNING BOARD -- SIDE MOUNT PANEL

The right side mount pump panel shall be equipped with side running board. T he running board will extend along the width of the pump enclosure from the forward end of the body module to behind the chassis cab.

The running board shall be constructed of aluminum tread plate, bolted in place with stainless steel fasteners. The step surfaces shall be in compliance with applicable sections of NFPA requirements.

PUMP SLIDE OUT STEP -- RIGHT SIDE

A slide out step assembly shall be installed on the right side pump panel using roller bearing slide tracks.

The step shall be fabricated of slip resistant NFPA compliant grating, and shall extend out approximately 24" and lock in both the in and out positions.

GAUGE PANEL -- LEFT SIDE UPPER

A gauge panel shall be provided on the upper left side of the side mount pump enclosure. The gauge panel shall be constructed of 14 gauge #304 brushed stainless steel and hinged. The gauge panel shall be held in the closed position with push button type latches.

PUMP ENCLOSURE ACCESS DOOR -- RIGHT SIDE UPPER

A pump panel access door shall be provided on the upper right side of the side mount pump enclosure.

The door shall be constructed of 14 gauge #304 brushed stainless steel with push button type latches.

PUMP PANELS -- SIDE MOUNT

The pump operator's panel, along with the lower left hand and right hand pump panels shall be constructed of 14 gauge #304 brushed stainless steel.

LEFT SIDE PUMP PANEL -- BOLTED

The pump panel installed on the left hand side of the pump enclosure shall be fastened to the pump enclosure with 1/4" stainless steel bolts.

The left hand side lower pump panel shall be recessed when using externally mounted intake valves.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 103

HINGED PUMP PANEL -- RIGHT SIDE

The pump panel installed on the on the right hand side of the pump enclosure shall be hinged with push- button latches.

The right hand side lower pump panel shall be recessed when using externally mounted intake valves.

ROLL UP PUMP PANEL DOOR -- LEFT SIDE

The left side pump panel shall have be enclosure with a roll-up style compartment door. The door shall be constructed of anodized aluminum slats, painted to match the body.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTS

Two (2) 48" long OnScene Solutions Access LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 30 LEDs per light producing approximately 150 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications.

The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

ROLL UP PUMP PANEL DOOR -- RIGHT SIDE

The right side pump panel shall have be enclosure with a roll -up style compartment door. The door shall be constructed of anodized aluminum slats, painted to match the body.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTS

The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additi onal lights in series if required.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

LABELS

Safety, information, data, and instruction labels for apparatus shall be provided and installed at the operator's instrument panel.

The labels shall include rated capacities, pressure ratings, and engine speeds as determined by the certification tests. The no-load governed speed of the engine, as stated by the engine manufacturer, shall also be included.

The labels shall be provided with all information and be attached to the apparatus prior to delivery.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 104

COLOR CODED PUMP PANEL LABELING AND NAMEPLATES

Discharge and intake valve controls shall be color coded in compliance to guidelines of applicable sections of NFPA standards.

All labels, instruction panels and warnings shall be installed on the pump panel for safe operation of the pumping equipment and controls using Innovative Controls labels and bezel assemblies. These bezel assemblies will be used to identify intake and discharge controls with color and verbiage. The label and bezel assemblies are designed and manufactured to withstand the specified apparatus service environment and shall be backed by a warranty equal to that of the exterior paint and finish. The specified assemblies feature a chrome- plated panel-mount bezel with durable UV resistant polycarbonate inserts.

These UV resistant polycarbonate graphic inserts shall be sub- surface screen printed to eliminate the possibility of wear and protect the inks from fading. All insert labels shall be backed with 3M permanent adhesive (200MP), which meets UL969 and NFPA standards

MIDSHIP PUMP PANEL LIGHTS -- LEFT SIDE

Three (3) Grote #01-61F8-70 low profile LED lights with clear lenses shall be installed under an instrument panel light hood on the left side pump panel. The lights shall be controlled by a switch located on the operator's instrument panel.

MIDSHIP PUMP PANEL LIGHTS -- RIGHT SIDE

Three (3) Grote #01-61F8-70 low profile LED lights with clear lenses shall be installed under an instrument panel light hood on the right side pump panel. The lights shall be controlled by a switch located on the operator's instrument panel.

MASTER DISCHARGE AND INTAKE GAUGES

Two (2) 4" diameter IC discharge pressure and intake gauges (30" -0-600 PSI) shall be provided. The face of the gauge shall be a WHITE dial with black letters. The gauges will be located on the pump instrument panel.

The master gauges shall have clear scratch resistant molded c rystals with captive O -ring seals shall be used to ensure distortion free viewing and to seal the gauge. The gauges shall be filled with a synthetic mixture to dampen shock and vibration, lubricate the internal mechanisms, prevent lens condensation and ensure proper operation from –40°F to +160°F. Each gauge shall exceed ANSI B40.1 Grade A requirements with an accuracy of +/ - 1.5% full scale and include a size appropriate phosphorous bronze bourdon tube with a reinforced lap joint and large tube base to i ncrease the tube life and gauge accuracy.

A polished chrome- plated brass bezel shall be provided to prevent corrosion and protect the lens and gauge case.

TEST TAPS

Test taps for pump intake and pump pressure shall be provided on the pump instrument panel and be properly labeled.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 105

WATER TANK GAUGE

A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA300- A00 tank indicator kit shall be installed on the pump panel. The kit shall include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable.

The indicator shall show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs.

A wide view lens over the LEDs shall provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case shall be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material, and have a distinctive blue label.

The program features shall be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program shall support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a datalink to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings shall include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank, down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty, and an output for an audio alarm.

The indicator shall receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor shall be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe shall place on the interior of the tank. Wiring shall be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.

AIR HORN PUSH-BUTTON

A push button with a label shall be installed on the pump instrument panel to operate the air horns.

WATER TANK - 400 GALLON

The apparatus shall be equipped with a four -hundred (400) gallon polypropylene water tank. The tank shall be equipped with a four-inch (4") overflow pipe.

The apparatus shall be equipped with a polypropylene water tank. The tank body and end bulkheads shall be constructed of .75" thick, polypropylene, nitrogen- welded and tested inside and out. Tank construction shall conform to applicable NFPA standards. The tank shall carry a lifetime warranty.

The transverse and longitudinal .375" thick swash partitions shall be interlocked and welded to each other as well as to the walls of the tank. The partitions shall be designed and equipped with vent holes to permit air and liquid movement between compartments.

The .5" thick cover shall be recessed .375" from the top of the side walls. Hold down dowels shall extend through and be welded t o both the covers and the transverse partitions, providing rigidity during fast fill operations. Drilled and tapped holes for lifting eyes shall be provided in the top area of the booster tank.

A combination vent/water fill tower shall be provided at fr ont of the tank. The 0.5" thick polypropylene fill and overflow tower shall be equipped with a hinged lid and a removable polypropylene screen. The overflow tube shall be installed in fill tower and piped with a minimum schedule 40 PVC pipe through the tank.

The water tank sump shall be located in the forward area of the tank. There will be a schedule 40 polypropylene tank suction pipe from the front of the tank to the tank sump. The tank drain and clean out shall be located in the bottom of the tank sump. The sump shall have a minimum 3" threaded outlet on the bottom to be used for a combination clean out and drain.

The pump to tank refill connection shall be a sized to mate with tank fill discharge line. A deflector shield inside the tank will also be provided.

The tank shall rest on the body cross members in conjunction with such additional cross members, spaced at a distance that would not allow for more than 530 square inches of unsupported area under the tank floor. In cases where overall height of the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross member spacing must be decreased to allow for not more than 400 square inches of unsupported area.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 106
The tank must be isolated from the cross members through the use of hard rubber strips with a minimum thickness and width dimension of 1/4” x 1” and a hardness of approximately 60 durometer. The rubber must be installed so it will not become dislodged during normal operation of the vehicle. Additionally, the tank must be supported around the entire bottom outside perimeter and captured both in the front and rear as well as side to side to prevent tank from shifting during vehicle operation.

A picture frame type cradle mount with a minimum of 2" x 2" x 1/4” mild steel, stainless steel, or aluminum angle shall be pr ovided or the use of corner angles having a minimum dimension of 4" x 4" x 1/4” by 6” high are permitted for the purpose of capturing the tank.

Although the tank is designed on a free floating suspension principle, it is required that the tank have adequate vertical hold down restraints to minimize movement during vehicle operation. If proper retention has not been incorporated into the apparatus hose floor structure, an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of the tank, half way betw een the front and the rear on each side of the tank.

These stops can be constructed of steel, stainless steel or aluminum angle having minimum dimensions of 3" x 3" x 1/4” and shall be approximately 6” to 12” long. These brackets must incorporate rubber isolating pads with a minimum thickness of 1/4” inch and a hardness of 60 durometer affixed on the underside of the angle. The angle should then be bolted to the body side walls of the vehicle while extending down to rest on the top outside edge of the upper side wall of the tank.

Hose beds floors must be so designed that the floor slat supports extend full width from side wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop off the edge of the tank or in any way come in contact with the individual covers where a puncture could occur. Tank top must be capable of supporting loads up to 200 lbs per sq. foot when evenly distributed. Other equipment such as generators, portable pumps, etc. must not be mounted directly to the tank top unless provisions have been designed into the tank for that purpose. The tank shall be completely removable without disturbing or dismantling the apparatus structure.

The tank construction shall include PolyProSealTM technology wherein a sealant shall be installed between the plastic components prior to being fusion welded. This sealing method shall provide a liquid barrier, offering leak protection in the event of a weld compromise.

The tank shall be equipped with Polychromatic fill towers. The water fill tower shall be blue in c olor. The foam tank fill towers, if applicable, shall be yellow for foam A and green for foam B and black for any additional foam fill towers.

The water tank shall be certified for the capacity of the water tank prior to delivery of the apparatus. This capacity shall be recorded on the manufacturer's record of construction and the certification shall be provided to the purchaser when the apparatus is delivered.

The tank shall be manufactured by United Plastic Fabricating (UPF).

WATER TANK FILL TOWER

A fill tower measuring approximately 10” x 10” square shall be provided on the water tank.

Tank suction shall be located in a sump assembly located below the bottom of the tank, properly baffled to prevent surging of water. A 3" cleanout plug shall be provided in the bottom of the tank sump.

TANDEM AXLE REAR MOUNT AERIAL/PLATFORM BODY

A tandem axle rear mount aerial/platform body shall be provided and constructed as follows:

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 107

CHASSIS REQUIREMENTS FOR AERIAL APPARATUS

The following items shall be included with the chassis to operate the aerial device:

• Truck chassis with a selectable high idle system. High idle to be set at 1,200 rpm • A red warning light installed in the driving compartment and visible to the driver to indicate if any outrigger is not in the stowed position.
• There shall be a (hot shift) PTO system mounted to the chassis transmission. The PTO assembly shall supply power to the hydraulic pump for all aerial operations. Electrical safety wiring shall be installed that requires the transm ission be in neutral, or the fire pump engaged, and the parking brake set before the PTO will operate.
• A PTO engaged indicator light shall be installed in the cab of the apparatus.

BODY BUILDER REQUIREMENTS FOR AERIAL APPARATUS

The following items shall be installed by the body builder for the aerial device:

• Outrigger plates to be installed on heavy aluminum brackets and installed adjacent to each outrigger.
• A preset relief valve capable of protecting the waterway system by relieving pressure through t he dumping of water to the environment. Relief valve shall be plumbed to dump excess water below chassis frame. (N/A if the rear connection is an inlet only) • A 1-1/2-inch minimum drain valve shall be installed at the low point of the waterway inlet system. • Reflective striping shall be installed on all stabilizers that protrude beyond the body of the apparatus.
• Warning signs for the aerial and outriggers shall be installed to meet the aerial manufacturer recommendations.

The following items are not required with the Smart Aerial application:

• A leveling bubble shall be installed on the rear of the truck, for side to side leveling. • A leveling bubble shall be installed at the pump operator's panel, for front to rear leveling. • There shall be a ladder alignment indicator provided on the turntable to indicate when the ladder is aligned with the travel support and may be lowered into it.

--The following items shall be installed by the body builder for the aerial device:

--The four (4) aluminum outrigger plates supplied by RNE are to be mounted two (2) each side in the dual outrigger plate brackets.
--A preset relief valve capable of protecting the waterway system by relieving pressure through the dumping of water to the environment. Relief valve shall be plum bed to dump excess water below chassis frame. (N/A if the rear connection is an inlet only)
--A 1-1/2-inch minimum drain valve shall be installed at the low point of the waterway inlet system. --Reflective striping shall be installed on all stabilizers that protrude beyond the body of the apparatus. --Warning signs for the aerial and outriggers shall be installed to meet the aerial manufacturer recommendations.

--The four (4) outrigger safety pins are to be mounted in our standard locations:
--Forward pins mounted on the inboard side of the downriggers, below the outrigger. --Rearward pins mounted in the angled pockets on the inboard sides of the downriggers, above the outriggers.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 108

OUTRIGGER PAD STORAGE

Two (2) aluminum outrigger pad dual storage brackets capable of holding two (2) outrigger pads each shall be installed. There shall be one dual storage bracket located on each side of the apparatus in an easily accessible location.

SAFETY HARNESS

All NFPA required life safety harnesses shall be provided and mounted by the Customer before the apparatus is placed into service.

HEAVY DUTY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM BODY

To prevent possible interaction of dissimilar metals and to reduce the weight of the completed apparatus, the body and ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS shall be constructed entirely of aluminum sheet and aluminum extrusions.

Aluminum extrusions or sheet aluminum of smaller thicknesses or lesser grades to those specified herein are not acceptable.

The aluminum extrusion alloy shall be 6061 with a temper rating of T6, and have a tensile strength of 45,000 PSI and yield strength of 40,000 pounds.

The smooth aluminum sheet material alloy shall be 5052 with a temper rating of H32, and have a tensile strength of 33,000 PSI and yield strength of 28,000 pounds.

The aluminum treadplate alloy shall be 3003 with a temper rating of H22, and have a tensile strength of 30,000 PSI and yield strength of 28,000 pounds.

All extrusions utilized in the body superstructure, substructure and framing shall be 6061- T6 alloy aluminum. All extrusions shall be beveled at each joint and all seams shall be electrically seam welded using #5356 alloy aluminum wire. For strength and rigidity, all aluminum sheets utilized in the apparatus body for structural support shall be a minimum of 3/16" 5052-H32 alloy aluminum sheet.

FASTENERS

All fasteners use in the apparatus body shall be attached with Ny-Lok type fasteners.

All aluminum and stainless steel components shall be attached using stainless steel fasteners. Zinc or cadmium plated fasteners are not acceptable for use with any aluminum or stainless steel components on the vehicle.

Compartment door hinges, handrails and running boards shall be attached using a minimum of 1/4" diameter machine bolt fasteners. Fasteners used in nonstructural areas such as; door handles, trim moldings, gauge mounting, etc shall be 3/16" in diameter.

BODY SUPERSTRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION

All vertical and horizontal structural members of the outer apparatus body shall be constructed of no less than 4.00" by 12.00", 6061- T6 aluminum extrusions with a minimum .200" wall thickness fully welded together forming a unitized support system for the body and compartments. In order to provide a complete internal and integrated body super -structure, full height extruded structural members shall be provided at each corner of the apparatus and between each exterior equipment compartment.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 109

EXTERIOR COMPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION

Compartment sides and walls shall be welded to the super -structure. Seams shall be sealed using an engineered grade polyurethane adhesive-sealant.

The compartments shall be designed to provide protected raceways for vertically hinged door fastener retention elements. This requirement shall eliminate the possibility of door hinge hardw are from being damaged by or damaging equipment stored in the compartments.

The compartment door openings are to be full width of the compartment with no loss of space. The raceways shall be designed to allow door hardware removal by a single person with simple hand tools.

Full height access panels fastened with stainless steel fasteners shall be provided to access all wiring routed through vertical super -structure extrusions. There shall be no exposed wiring allowed within the compartment interiors.

Compartment flooring shall be constructed of a combination aluminum extrusion and aluminum treadplate welded in place to the extruded aluminum framework creating a double compartment floor for added strength. Due to the high usage and wear and tear caused by removal of equipment, only treadplate aluminum with a raised pattern will be acceptable for compartment flooring. Bolted or welded in smooth raw aluminum or painted aluminum does not meet the intent nor technical requirement of raised pattern treadplate.

The tops of the side exterior compartments shall be constructed of NFPA #1901 Standards compliant non-slip polished aluminum treadplate fastened to the body with stainless steel fasteners. Compartment tops that are welded in place do not meet the serviceability intent of this requirement.

SHELVING TRACKS

The vertical extrusions forming the framework of the side exterior compartmentation shall be designed to incorporate FULLY RECESSED adjustable shelving standards. Shelving tracks shall run full height of ALL side exterior equipment compartment.

The intent of this requirement is to allow full use of the available storage areas without the interference of shelving tracks extending into and reducing the interior widths of the compartment s which will allow equipment to be stored within the full width of the compartment interiors.

Shelving, when specified, shall have a width of no less than .50" of the overall compartment width.

Adjustable shelving tracks welded or bolted onto interior walls of the compartments do not meet the intent of these specifications.

HOSE BODY CONSTRUCTION

To maintain strength and rigidity, the main hose body shall be completely framed with a minimum of 2.00" X 3.00" 6061- T6 alloy aluminum extrusions with a minimum wall thickness .156" on the three inch legs and a minimum wall thickness of .188" on the two inch legs. The hose body extrusions shall be welded to the super -structure framework, becoming an integral portion of a complete unitized support system.

Sheet metal or sheet aluminum with double or triple formed breaks, does not meet the technical requirement of the specification in providing a complete hosebody framework and are not acceptable.

Sides shall be constructed of aluminum sheet welded to the framework.

ELECTROLYSIS CORROSION CONTROL

The apparatus shall be assembled using ECK or electrolysis corrosion control, on all high corrosion potential areas, such as door latches, door hinges, trim plates, fenderettes, etc. This coating is a high zinc

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 110
compound that shall act as a sacrificial barrier to prevent electrolysis and corrosion between dissimilar metals. This shall be in addition to any other barrier material that may be used.

All 1/4" diameter and smaller screws and bolts shall be stainless steel.

Due to the expected life of the vehicle, proposals will only be acceptable from manufacturers that include these corrosion features.

SIDE BODY HEADER

All high side compartment tops shall be NFPA approved non- slip treadplate with the side body header area above the compartment doors a smooth aluminum painted surface.

Lower or rear face compartments, if specified shall be provided with polished aluminum drip rails.

TANDEM WHEEL WELL PANEL AND LINER

For ease of accessibility and maintenance, the tandem wheel well panels shall be constructed for ease of accessibility and maintenance, wheel well panels shall be double break formed painted smooth aluminum plate that is fully gasketed and bolted in place with stainless fasteners. Wheel wells shall be of the removable design so as to provide replacement in the event of damage. There shall be no visible bolt heads, retention nuts or fasteners on the exterior surface of the panel. Wheelwell panel shall be isolated from the apparatus body utilizing .25" nylon spacer blocks.

To fully protect the wheel well area from road debris and to aid in cleaning, a full depth (minimum of

24.00") radius wheel well liner constructed of exterior grade .25" black polyethylene sheet shall be provided. For ease of removal, the liner shall be held in place via means of a self -tension retention system. Due to possible corrosion and contamination by road debris in the wheel well area, mechanical fasteners shall not be used to secure the wheel well liner.

FENDERETTES

The rear wheel wells shall be radius cut for a streamlined appearance. A polished type 304 stainless steel radius fenderette shall be furnished at each rear wheel well opening, held in place with concealed stainless steel fasteners with nylon isolators to pr event contact of the fastener with the wheelwell housing panel. A black rubber gasket shall be installed between the stainless fenderette and the apparatus body sides. Silicone caulking does not meet the intent nor the technical requirement of a solid gasket material in this area and is not acceptable.

HEAVY DUTY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM BODY SUB-STRUCTURE

A minimum of four (4) 4.00" high by 2.50" wide tubular "I" beam horizontal crosstubes with a .375" vertical wall thickness shall be provided on each side of the body. The horizontal "I" beams shall run from within

1.00" of the aerial torque box outward and shall be routed through and fully welded to the vertical and horizontal structural extrusions forming the body super-structure.

The exterior side equipment compartments shall be bolted to no less than three (3) horizontal formed steel channels welded directly to the aerial torque box. The channels shall be no less than 3.00" X 10.75" X .25" with a return lip of no less than 3.00" and shall be formed to "receive" the horizontal aluminum extruded I -beams incorporated into the body sub- structure system. The horizontal "I" beam shall be bolted to the horizontal formed steel channels. All interface areas between the steel channels and aluminum extruded members shall be isolated by an elastomeric isolator.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 111

OUTRIGGER BODY PANELS

Body panels shall be installed at each outrigger to provide a clean, finished look to the outrigger cavity.

Outrigger panels shall be double break formed from14 gauge polished stainless steel plate that is fully gasketed and bolted in place with stainless fasteners.

OUTRIGGER COVERS

Polished stainless steel covers shall be attached to the extending outrigger assemblies.

AERIAL / PLATFORM HOSEBEDS - CHUTE DESIGN - EXT

HOSEBED STORAGE AREA

The apparatus hosebody is to be properly reinforced without the use of angles or structural shapes, and free from all projections which might injure the fire hose.

The main hosebody of the aerial unit shall run along the right side of the apparatus body, above the lower body compartments. The width of the hosebed shall be from the side wall of the aerial torque box to the side sheet of the apparatus body.

ALUMINUM HOSEBED GRATING

The hose bed compartment deck shall be constructed entirely from maintenance- free, extruded aluminum slats. The slats shall have an anodized, radiused ribbed top surface. The slats shall be of widths approximately 3/4'' high x 7.5'' wide and shall be welded into a one- piece grid system to prevent the accumulation of water and allow ventilation to assist in drying hose.

The hose bed shall be designed to have storage capacity for 4” Double Jacket fire hose.

Hose lengths shall be coupled in fifty foot lengths.

HOSBED COVER

The hosebed cover shall be secured utilizing a Velcro fastening system at the front and sides of the hosebed body.

The vinyl cover shall be red in color.

HOSEBED STORAGE AREA

The apparatus hosebody is to be properly reinforced without the use of angles or structural shapes, and free from all projections which might injure the fire hose.

ALUMINUM HOSEBED GRATING

The hose bed shall be designed to have storage capacity for 2.5” Double Jacket fire hose.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 112
Hose lengths shall be coupled in fifty foot lengths.

HOSBED COVER

The hosebed cover shall be secured utilizing a Velcro fastening system at the front and sides of the hosebed body.

The vinyl cover shall be red in color.

BODY WIDTH

The overall width of the aerial body shall not exceed 100". The overall width across the rub rails shall be 101".

COMPARTMENT DEPTH

The left side compartment above the front outrigger shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 24" with the specified doors in the closed position.

The left side compartment ahead of the tandem wheels shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" in the upper portion and 24" in the lower portion with the specified doors in the closed position.

The left side compartment above the tandem's front wheels shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" with the specified doors in the closed position.

The left side compartment above the tandem's rear wheels shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" with the specified doors in the closed position.

The left side compartment behind the tandem wheels shall have an interior usable depth of 22" with the specified doors in the closed position. If speci fied to be full height, this compartment shall have an interior usable depth of 12" in the upper portion.

The left side compartment above the rear outrigger shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" with the specified doors in the closed position.

If specified, the left side compartment behind the rear outrigger shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" in the upper portion and 22" in the lower portion with the specified doors in the closed position.

The right side compartment above the front outrigger shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 24" with the specified doors in the closed position.

The right side compartment ahead of the tandem wheels shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" in the upper portion and 24" in the lower portion with the specified doors in the closed position.

The right side compartment above the tandem's front wheels shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" with the specified doors in the closed position.

The right side compartment above the tandem's rear wheels shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" with the specified doors in the closed position.

The right side compartment behind the tandem wheels shall have an interior usable depth of 22" with the specified doors in the closed position. If specified to be full height, this compartment shall have an interior usable depth of 12" in the upper portion.

The right side compartment above the rear outrigger shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" with the specified doors in the closed position.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 113

If specified, the right side compartment behind the rear outrigger shall have an interior usable depth of not less than 12" in the upper portion and 22" in the lower portion with the s pecified doors in the closed position.

HINGED COMPARTMENT DOORS

Any compartment calling for a hinged door shall be supplied with a flush style door, so that all hinged compartment doors shall be of the overlapping style so that the entire door fits flush against the apparatus body sides. Doors shall be designed, in the closed position, to have the painted edges protected from damage on the tops by forming the treadplate compartment tops into an extended drip edge, on the bottoms by the rub rail and on the front and rear by extending the front and rear vertical scuff plates into protective edges. There shall be no visible painted door edge surfaces when the doors are in the closed position. Doors shall not extend into the compartments thereby reducing the usable compartment depths.

Doors shall be a minimum 2" thick, fabricated of a minimum of 1/8" smooth aluminum. Full panel inner compartment door liners shall be provided and constructed from smooth aluminum. Exterior door panels shall be smooth with no welds visible on the exterior skin. Double door compartments shall not require nor be equipped with a secondary latch to hold the same in position.

All compartment door hinges shall be full length piano type constructed of a minimum 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel with 1/4" stainless steel hinge pin with dual directional bolt holes for ease of adjustment.

Door hinges shall be fully recessed and protected from the environment by the door gasket. T he door hinges shall not be visible from the outside of the body when the doors are in the closed position.

Striker plates shall be a minimum of 12 gauge stainless steel and posts shall be positioned so they do not interfere with the clear door openings by pointing down. Door retention studs or posts on s triker plates that extend into the clear door frame opening do not meet the technical intent of these specifications and are not acceptable. Door hinges and striker plates shall be attached with minimum 5/16" stainless steel nuts and bolts.

On vertically hinged double door compartments, the secondary door shall have a nylon door holders, top and bottom of the interior of the door to hold the door in place when closed. When specified, horizontally hinged lift-up doors shall be equipped with heavy -duty gas filled dampeners to hold the doors in the open position. All other hinged doors shall be equipped with spring loaded hold open devices specifically designed for use on vertically hinged doors. Door holders shall be bolted in position. The door ajar switches shall be fully enclosed within structural members and shall not extend into the clear door opening.

All hinged compartment doors shall be provided with hollow core weather stripping to provide a weather tight seal at the door opening and to prevent road spray and debris from entering the compartment.

ROLL-UP COMPARTMENT DOORS

Any compartment calling out a roll up door shall be supplied with a door fabricated from aluminum.

Exterior side equipment compartments so specified shall be equipped with roll-up shutter doors to be installed as specified herein. The door shall be located above and outside of the interior of the compartments thereby protecting the door in the raised position from possible damage by the shifting of equipment.

The door roll mechanism shall also be protected from possible damage should equipment shift while the vehicle is in transit with the door in the closed position.

When the door is raised, the location of the drum assembly shall not allow water drainage from the doors into any portion of the interior of the compartment, thereby preventing the accumulation of water, snow, or ice from damaging the equipment located therein.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 114

The roll-up door drum assembly shall be fully enclosed and protected from the elements. Pr ovisions shall be made on each end and each side of the apparatus for moisture to self -drain from the raised doors to below the apparatus body using integral drainage ports.

To provide access for repairs and adjustments without removing equipment from t he compartments, the door roll assemblies shall be serviced from above the compartment. There shall be no need to remove any equipment nor to open the door to provide service to the same. Should a door be prohibited from being raised because of damage to or a defect in the roller assembly, service must be capable of being performed without the cutting, damaging or destroying of the door shutters to gain access. Access to the door mechanism shall be provided through the removable door roller assembly access panel that requires only the use of common hand tools to remove.

Pendent plates supporting the door roll assembly shall be bolted in place, adjustable and capable of being removed with common hand tools. Pendent plates and supports that are welded in place do not meet the maintenance and service criteria of these specifications.

In order to provide unlimited access to stored equipment and to help prevent damage to the tracks by removing equipment, the tracks shall not protrude into any portion of the door frame opening. The width of the door frame opening shall be the actual useable width available to store and remove equipment. No Exception.

Door openings shall match the compartment sizes as specified.

The roll up door(s) shall be fabricated f rom aluminum extrusions and be manufactured and assembled in the United States.

The door slats shall be double- wall extrusions with dimensions of 1.366" high x .315" thick. The exterior surface shall be flat and the interior surface concave to deflect loose equipment to prevent the door from jamming. Each slat shall have interlocking end shoes to prevent the slat from moving side to side resulting in binding of the door. Each slat shall be separated by a co- extruded PVC and rubber inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and minimize dirt and moisture from entering the compartment. The inner seal shall not be visible from the exterior to maintain a clean appearance of door. The slats shall have interlocking joints with a folding locking flange to pr ovide security and prevent penetration by sharp objects.

The track shall be a one (1) piece aluminum assembly that has an attaching flange and finishing flange incorporated into the design that facilitates installation and provides a finished look to the door without additional trim or caulking. A low profile side seal shall be utilized to maximize usable compartment space.

A drip rail designed to prevent water from dripping into the compartment shall be provided. The drip rail shall have a built in replaceable non-contacting seal to eliminate scratching of the surface of the door.

Bottom rail extrusion must have smooth back to prevent loose equipment from jamming the door and have “V” shaped double seal to prevent water and debris from entering the com partment. A two (2) inch wide finger pull shall be integrated into the bottom rail extrusion for easy one hand opening and closing.

The door latch system shall be a full width one (1) piece lift bar that enables the user to operate with one hand.

A magnetic door ajar system shall be integrated in the lift bar handle and the lift bar handle retainer block to signal an open door.

The roll mechanism shall have a clip system that connects the curtain slats to the operator drum to allow for easy tension adjustment without tools. A four (4) inch diameter counterbalanced operator drum to shall be incorporated to assist in lifting the door.

All compartment door openings shall match the compartment sizes.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 115

ROLL UP DOOR CONSTRUCTION

Compartment doors shall be equipped with AMDOR™ brand roll -up doors complete with the following features:
• 1” aluminum double wall slats with continuous ball & socket hinge joint designed to prevent water ingression and weather tight recessed dual durometer seals • Double wall reinforced bottom panel with stainless steel lift bar latching system, bottom panel flange with cut-outs for ease of access with gloved hands, reusable slat shoes with positive snap- lock securement, smooth interior door curtain to prevent equipment hang-ups, • One-piece aluminum door track / side frame, top gutter with non- marring seal, non- marring recessed side seals with UV stabilizers to prevent warpage • Dual leg bottom seal, with all wear component material to be Type 6 Nylon. • Door ajar switch system shall be provided by AMDOR™ and shall NOT include magnetic proximity based components.
• Switch device shall be a military grade contact switch.

EZ-PULL DOWN STRAPS

Eight (8) elastic nylon straps shall be provided and installed on each roll up door. The straps s hall be secured to the side wall of the interior compartment in a way that will allow the EZ -Pull strap to contract automatically and tuck inside the compartment when closed to prevent the strap from dangling and hindering closing of the door. When the door is the open position, the straps shall be installed so that they are fully extended as to not interfere with removing items from the compartment. For the ease of locating, the straps shall be bright orange in color.

DOOR LOCKS

A cylindrical door lock shall be provided on the roll up door(s). The door lock shall operate a rod mechanism located within the bottom rail of the door that extends into both side rails when locked.

EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLES

All hinged compartment doors shall be furnished with a deluxe, keyed, locking Eberhard E Grabber Model #1-21100-K die cast, chrome finished two- point pull handle assembly with slam type latches. The latch shall utilize a "free- floating" handle with recessed pocket for ease- of-use even when wearing mitts or gloves. The compartment door shall open with a simple, easy "pull" of the latch handle.

Door handles shall be held in place with blind mounting brackets for security and appearance. To prevent possible interaction between dissimilar metals, assembly shall not break any painted surface. A non- moisture absorbing gasket shall be installed on the door latch by the latch manufacturer isolating the latch assembly from the door panel surface. The door handle assembly and installation shall be water and weather resistant.

Handles which are held in place with visible fasteners, two sided tape or glue do not meet the intent of this requirement.

EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLES

All hinged compartment doors shall be furnished with a deluxe, keyed, locking Eberhard E Gr abber Model #21100-K die cast, black textured powder coat finished two- point pull handle assembly with slam type latches. The latch shall utilize a "free- floating" handle with recessed pocket for ease- of-use even when wearing mitts or gloves. The compartment door shall open with a simple, easy "pull" of the latch handle.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 116
Door handles shall be held in place with blind mounting brackets for security and appearance. To prevent possible interaction between dissimilar metals, assembly shall not break any painted surface. A non- moisture absorbing gasket shall be installed on the door latch by the latch manufacturer isolating the latch assembly from the door panel surface. The door handle assembly and installation shall be water and weather resistant.

Handles which are held in place with visible fasteners, two sided tape or glue do not meet the intent of this requirement.

--The officer side rear -most compartment will have a power lock provided on the hinged door. Location of the lock activation switch on the body will be determined during pre-construction.

• The roll up door tracks shall be painted.

• The roll up door drip rails shall be painted.

• The bottom rail on the roll up doors shall be painted.

LEFT SIDE BODY COMPARTMENTS

The left side body compartmentation shall be as follows:

LEFT FRONT COMPARTMENT - ABOVE FRONT OUTRIGGER

There shall be one (1) compartment located above the front outrigger. The compartment shall be equipped with a painted roll up door.

--PL1, 24" Wide Compartment with rearward transverse area, as per drawing.

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

One (1) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable.

Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks.

The shelf/tray shall be fitted with removable vinyl Turtle Tile matting. The matting shall be interlocking modules approximately 12" square by 1/2" thick. This material shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra- violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTS

Two (2) 18" long OnScene Solutions Access LED lights shall be installed, one on each side of the door opening. The lights shall contain 12 LEDs per light producing approximately 60 lumens (six LEDs and 30 lumens every 9"). The light stick shall be rated at 100,000 hours of service and shall be provided with a 5 year free replacement warranty. The light shall have a 5/8" LEXANTM polycarbonate tube enclosure for severe duty applications.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 117
The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required.

The com partment light will be controlled by a magnetic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

LEFT FRONT COMPARTMENT - AHEAD OF REAR WHEELS

There shall be one (1) full height compartment located ahead of the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a full height single painted roll up door.

--L1, 34" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

Two (2) compartment shelf(ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum , and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable.

Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks.
>>Upper area.

MOBILE STORAGE SYSTEM

{Quantity} mobile storage system shall be installed in the specified compartment. The assembly s hall be constructed of aluminum. All drawers shall have 250 lb. slides and one- handed operation. The latching hardware shall be concealed for protection. The assembly shall have a useable top tray with telescoping ends to aid in installation. Drawer f ronts shall be powder coated red with black handles. Rubber liners shall be included in each drawer.

>>20" wide, floor mounted

The assembly shall be 20" wide with the following drawers provided in order from top to bottom:

One (1) three inch (3") high drawer(s).

One (1) six inch (6") high drawer(s).

One (1) ten inch (10") high drawer(s).

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The compartment shall be provided with Rosenbauer InVisiLight LED Compartment lighting. The lighting shall be installed in the adjustable shelving track which shall be recessed into the side wall of the compartment. The lighting shall provide a continuous illumination from the compartment bottom to top and side to side while still allowing for full adjustment of any compartment provision (shelf/tray/etc.). To prevent damage, lights that protrude into the compartment in any fashion shall be deemed unacceptable.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 118

The lights shall be installed in the shelving tracks; Two (2) lights 45" in length shall be installed, one on each side of the compartment. The lights shall produce approximately 17 lumens per inch of lighting.

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

SCBA MOUNTING BRACKET

One (1) Zico 30 minute SCBA air pack mounting with spring tension bracket included.

LEFT UPPER COMPARTMENT - ABOVE FRONT TANDEM

There shall be one (1) compartment above the tandem's front wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a single painted roll up door.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--L2, 67" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks.

The shelf/tray shall be fitted with removable vi nyl Turtle Tile matting. The matting shall be interlocking modules approximately 12" square by 1/2" thick. This material shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra- violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

COMPARTMENT DIVIDER

One (1) compartment divider constructed from 3/16" smooth aluminum material shall be installed. The divider shall be bolted in for ease of removal.

--Mount at 20" from the forward wall.

ADJUSTABLE SHELVING TRACKS

The compartments shall be equipped with four (4) aluminum adjustable tracks, vertically mounted, that are bolted in place for adjustable shelving and equipment mounting.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 119

SWING-OUT ALUMINUM TOOL BOARD

One (1) 250 lb. rated capacity swing- out tool board(s) shall be provided. There shall be mounting/pivot points located at both the top and bottom of the tool board. The mounting points on the apparatus body shall be suitably designed to support the intended weight.

A single latch mechanism shall be provided to lock the tool board in the stored position and in the open position.

The tool board shall be provided with a .125" aluminum tool board panel for mounting equipment.

--Mounted rearward of the vertical divider.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE

The outer edge and both sides of the shelf, slide -out tray, pull-out tool board, swing-out tool board, or pull- out and down tray shall have alternating red and white reflective DOT striping applied for safety.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The compartment shall be provided with Rosenbauer InVisiLight LED Compartment lighting. The lighting shall be installed in the adjustable shelving track which shall be recessed into the side wall of the compartment. T he lighting shall provide a continuous illumination from the compartment bottom to top and side to side while still allowing for full adjustment of any compartment provision (shelf/tray/etc.). To prevent damage, lights that protrude into the compartment in any fashion shall be deemed unacceptable.

The lights shall be installed in the shelving tracks; two (2) lights 17" in length shall be installed, one on each side of the compartment. The lights shall produce approximately 17 lumens per inch of lighting.

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

An additional InVisiLight 62" in length shall be installed in the recessed track in the ceiling.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

LEFT UPPER COMPARTMENT - ABOVE REAR TANDEM

There shall be one (1) upper compartment above the above the tandem's rear wheels and the low compartment behind the tandem's rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a single hinged lift up door.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--L3, 52" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 120

Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartment s, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks.

The shelf/tray shall be fitted with removable vinyl Turtle Tile matting. The matting shall be interlocking modules approximately 12" square by 1/2" thick. This mat erial shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra- violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The compartment shall be provided with Rosenbauer InVisiLight LED Compartment lighting. The lighting shall be installed in the adjustable shelving track which shall be recessed into the side wall of the compartment. The lighting shall provide a continuous ill umination from the compartment bottom to top and side to side while still allowing for full adjustment of any compartment provision (shelf/tray/etc.). To prevent damage, lights that protrude into the compartment in any fashion shall be deemed unacceptable.

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

An additional InVisiLight 39" in length shall be installed in the recessed track in the ceiling.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

LEFT UPPER COMPARTMENT - ABOVE REAR OUTRIGGER

There shall be one (1) upper compartment above the low compartment behind the rear wheels and above the rear outrigger. The compartment shall be equipped with a single hinged lift up door.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--L5, 52" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 121

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The lights shall be installed in the shelving tracks; t wo (2) lights 17" in length shall be installed, one on each side of the compartment. The lights shall produce approximately 17 lumens per inch of lighting.

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

An additional InVisiLight 39" in length shall be installed in the recessed track in the ceiling.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

LEFT REAR COMPARTMENT - BEHIND REAR WHEELS

There shall be one (1) low compartment located behind the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with low double hinged doors.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--L4, 27" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

500# ROLLOUT TRAY

One (1) rollout equipment tray shall be installed in a standard depth compartment. The 500# rated tracks shall have roller bearings. The tray shall be constructed of .188" smooth aluminum plate, fabricated with four 3" sides.

The unit shall roll fully out of the compartment, with a gas operator to hold tray in both the "in and out" positions.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE

The outer edge and both sides of the shelf, slide- out tray, pull-out tool board, swing-out tool board, or pull- out and down tray shall have alternating red and white reflective DOT striping applied for safety.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 122
The lights shall be installed in the shelving tracks; two (2) lights 17" in length shall be installed, one on each side of the compartment. The lights shall produce approximately 17 lumens per inch of lighting.

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

LEFT TURNTABLE ACCESS - BEHIND REAR OUTRIGGER

There shall be one (1) left side turntable access cavity, 25" wide, located behind the rear outrigger. The floor and sides of the turntable access cavity shall be finished with polished aluminum treadplate.

>>25" Wide Cavity

ACCESS LADDER

There shall be a swing out and down access ladder supplied and installed on the left side apparatus, for accessing the aerial turntable. It shall be of an all aluminum design and shall incorporate treads sixteen (16") wide spaced no more than eighteen (18") inches apart. The overall width shall be approximately seventeen (17") inches. The ground to the first step dimension, on level ground, shall be no more than eighteen (18") inches. When in the deployed position t he ladder shall have an angle of approximately 75- degrees to facilitate ascending and descending the ladder. The ladder shall be retained in the stowed and deployed position by two (2) gas cylinders and shall not require the use of latches to hold it in position. A weatherproof switch shall sense the down position of the step and alert the driver should the vehicle emergency brake be released. This switch will be wired into the open door warning system.

EZ-CLIMB LADDER HAND RAILS

Two (2) exterior light ed hand rails, approximately 30" in length, with offset brackets shall be installed on the EZ -Climb access ladder, one (1) on each side. The hand rail shall be made of 1.25” diameter extruded aluminum to enable non- slip assistance with a gloved hand and m ounted on stanchions. The hand rails shall feature red LED lighting which shall illuminate when the park brake is engaged.

--Mounted vertically to the exterior of the egress cavity.

STEP LIGHT

Two (2) LED step light(s) with clear lens shall be installed.

RIGHT SIDE BODY COMPARTMENTS

The right side body compartmentation shall be as follows:

RIGHT FRONT COMPARTMENT - ABOVE FRONT OUTRIGGER

There shall be one (1) compartment located above the front outrigger. The compartment shall be equipped with a painted roll up door.

--PR1, 24" Wide Compartment with rearward transverse area, as per drawing.

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 123

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the com partments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTS

The light stick shall be waterproof and be connectible via a jumper wire to add additional lights in series if required.

The compartment light will be controlled by a magnetic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

RIGHT FRONT COMPARTMENT - AHEAD OF REAR WHEELS

There shall be one (1) full height compartment located ahead of the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a full height single painted roll up door.

--R1, 34" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

ADJUSTABLE SHELF

Two (2) compartment shelf (ves) shall be provided and constructed of .190" smooth aluminum, and are to have formed upward breaks on front and rear for added strength. Shelve(s) shall be fully adjustable within the compartments. Lighter gauge shelf materials are not acceptable.

Shelf(ves) shall extend full width of the compartments, within .50" of the overall width, and adjust up and down in the integral shelf tracks.

500# ROLLOUT TRAY

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 124
The unit shall roll fully out of the compartment, with a gas operator to hold tray in both the "in and out" positions.

>>Floor-mounted, full-width between the fire extinguisher module and the rearward compartment wall.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE

The outer edge and both sides of the shelf, slide- out tray, pull-out tool board, swing-out tool board, or pull- out and down tray shall have alternating red and white reflective DOT striping applied for safety.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER MODULE

Three (3) compartment module shall be provided for a fire extinguisher (fire department supplied). The module, constructed of .188" brushed aluminum shall be installed with a slant from the compartment opening to the rear of the compartment.

--A 3 -pocket fire extinguisher module is to be supplied and mounted against the forward wall of the compartment.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

RIGHT UPPER COMPARTMENT - ABOVE FRONT TANDEM

There shall be one (1) compartment above the tandem's front wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a single painted roll up door.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--R2, 67" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

PULL-OUT AND DROP-DOWN

One (1) 250 pound capacity rollout and drop- down tray shall be installed in the specified compartment.

The tray shall be constructed of aluminum with 3" edges on each side. The tray shall be equipped with roller bearing wheels.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 125
The track assembly allows the tray to roll out of compartment while dropping downward at approximately a 30 degree angle.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE

The outer edge and both sides of the shelf, slide- out tray, pull-out tool board, swing-out tool board, or pull- out and down tray shall have alternating red and white reflective DOT striping applied for safety.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

An additional InVisiLight 62" in length shall be installed in the recessed track in the ceiling.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

RIGHT UPPER COMPARTMENT - ABOVE REAR TANDEM

There shall be one (1) upper compartment above the above the tandem's rear wheels and above the low compartment behind the tandem rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with a single hinged lift up door.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--R3, 52" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

PULL-OUT AND DROP-DOWN

One (1) 250 pound capacity rollout and drop- down tray shall be installed in the specified compar tment.

The tray shall be constructed of aluminum with 3" edges on each side. The tray shall be equipped with roller bearing wheels.

The track assembly allows the tray to roll out of compartment while dropping downward at approximately a 30 degree angle.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 126
The shelf/tray shall be fitted with removable vinyl Turtle Tile matting. The matting shall be interlocking modules approximately 12" square by 1/2" thick. This material shall be resistant to heat, cold, ultra- violet radiation, mechanical impacts, chemical actions and is corrosion resistant.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE

The outer edge and both sides of the shelf, slide- out tray, pull-out tool board, swing-out tool board, or pull- out and down tray shall have alternating red and white reflective DOT striping applied for safety.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

An additional InVisiLight 39" in length shall be installed in the recessed track in the ceiling.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

RIGHT UPPER COMPARTMENT - ABOVE REAR OUTRIGGER

There shall be one (1) upper compartment above the above the low compartment behind the tandem's rear wheels and above the rear outrigger. The compartment shall be equipped with a single hinged lift up door.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--R5, 52" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

PULL-OUT AND DROP-DOWN

One (1) 250 pound capacity rollout and drop- down tray shall be installed in the specified compartment.

The tray shall be constructed of aluminum with 3" edges on each side. The tray shall be equipped with roller bearing wheels.

The track assembly allows the tray to roll out of compartment while dropping downward at approximately a 30 degree angle.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 127

REFLECTIVE STRIPE

The outer edge and both sides of the shelf, slide- out tray, pull-out tool board, swing-out tool board, or pull- out and down tray shall have alternating red and white reflective DOT striping applied for safety.

The floor of the body compartment shall be fitted with removable 1/2" vinyl Turtle Tile matting.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

An additional InVisiLight 39" in length shall be installed in the recessed track in the ceiling.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

RIGHT REAR COMPARTMENT - BEHIND REAR WHEELS

There shall be one (1) low compartment located behind the rear wheels. The compartment shall be equipped with low double hinged doors.

The compartment shall be equipped with the following:

--R4, 27" Wide Compartment

A removable louvered vent shall be provided in the compartment.

250# ROLLOUT TRAY

One (1) rollout equipment tray shall be installed in a standard depth compartment. The 250# rated tracks shall have roller bearings. The tray shall be constructed of .188" smooth aluminum plate, fabricated with four 3" sides.

The unit shall roll fully out of the compartment, with a gas operator to hold tray in both the "in and out" positions.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE

The outer edge and both sides of the shelf, slide- out tray, pull-out tool board, swing-out tool board, or pull- out and down tray shall have alternating red and white reflective DOT striping applied for safety.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 128

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING

The compartment shall be provided with Rosenbauer InVi siLight LED Compartment lighting. The lighting shall be installed in the adjustable shelving track which shall be recessed into the side wall of the compartment. The lighting shall provide a continuous illumination from the compartment bottom to top and side to side while still allowing for full adjustment of any compartment provision (shelf/tray/etc.). To prevent damage, lights that protrude into the compartment in any fashion shall be deemed unacceptable.

The lights shall be provided with a 5-Year warranty.

The compartment light will be controlled by an automatic "On- Off" switch located on each compartment door.

RIGHT TURNTABLE ACCESS - BEHIND REAR OUTRIGGER

There shall be one (1) right side turntable access cavity, 25" wide, located behind the rear outrigger. The floor and sides of the turntable access cavity shall be finished with polished aluminum treadplate.

>>25" Wide Compartment

ACCESS LADDER

There shall be a swing out and down access ladder supplied and installed on the right side apparatus, for accessing the aerial turntable. It shall be of an all aluminum design and shall incorporate treads sixteen (16") inches wide spaced no more than eighteen (18") inches apart. The overall width shall be approximately seventeen (17") inches. The ground to the first step dimension, on level ground, shall be no more than eighteen (18") inches. When in the deployed position the ladder shall have an angle of approximately 75-degrees to facilitate ascending and descending the ladder. The ladder shall be retained in the stowed and deployed position by two (2) gas cylinders and shall not require the use of lathes to hold it in position.

EZ-CLIMB LADDER HAND RAILS

Two (2) exterior lighted hand rails, approximately 30" in length, with offset brackets shall be installed on the EZ -Climb access ladder, one (1) on each side. The hand rail shall be made of 1.25” diameter extruded aluminum to enable non- slip assistance with a gloved hand and mounted on stanchions. The hand rails shall feature red LED lighting which shall illuminate when the park brake is engaged.

--Mounted vertically to the exterior of the egress cavity.

STEP LIGHT

Two (2) LED step light(s) with clear lens shall be installed.

REAR COMPARTMENT

There shall be one (1) compartment located at the rear of the apparatus. The compart ment shall be located within the aerial torque box to accommodate the specified ladders and pike poles. The compartment shall be equipped with vertically hinged, single panel aluminum treadplate double doors.

The primary door shall have a two- point D-ring latch. The secondary door will be held closed by an offset lip on the primary door. Each door shall be held in the open position by one (1) heavy -duty gas filled dampener.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 129

SLIDE OUT REAR LADDER AERIAL TORQUE BOX

Ground ladders and pike poles shall be accessed from the rear of the apparatus. All ladders shall be mounted on individual brackets and slide on composite material so as not to damage the main beams of the ladders. Pike poles and the folding ladder shall be stored in individual storage area. Ladders shall have stops provided on the front of all slides so ladders will not slide forward during emergency braking conditions.

LADDER SOURCE

New ground ladders shall be provided by the manufacturer.

ROOF LADDER

One (1) Duo Safety Model 775- A, 14 foot aluminum roof ladder with folding steel roof hooks on one end and steel spikes on the other end shall be provided on the apparatus. The ladder shall meet or exceed all latest NFPA Standards.

ROOF LADDER

One (1) Duo Safety Model 875- A, 16 foot al uminum roof ladder with folding steel roof hooks on one end and steel spikes on the other end shall be provided on the apparatus. The ladder shall meet or exceed all latest NFPA Standards.

EXTENSION LADDER

One (1) Duo-Safety Model 900-A, 24 foot two (2) section aluminum extension ladder shall be provided on the apparatus. The ladder shall meet or exceed all the latest NFPA standards.

EXTENSION LADDER

One (1) Duo-Safety Model 1225-A, 35 foot three (3) section aluminum extension ladder shall be provided on the apparatus. The ladder shall meet or exceed all the latest NFPA standards.

FOLDING ATTIC LADDER SOURCE

New folding attic ladders shall be provided by the manufacturer.

FOLDING LADDER

Two (2) Duo Safety Model 585- A, 10 foot folding aluminum ladder shall be provided on the apparatus.

The ladder shall meet or exceed all the latest NFPA Standards.

--Qty. two (2).

PIKE POLE MOUNTING BRACKET

Four (4) tube shall be provided for pike pole mounting. The tube shall have a 2- 1/4" interior diameter and shall be mounted within the ladder compartment.

PIKE POLE SOURCE

The following pike poles shall be provided.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 130

PIKE POLE

One (1) 6' pike pole with round handle shall be provided. The pike pole shall be of fiberglass construction.

One (1) 8' pike pole with round handle shall be provided. The pike pole shall be of fiberglass construction.

One (1) 12' pike pole with round handle shall be provided. The pike pole shall be of fiberglass construction.

ROOF HOOK

One (1) 10-ft Fire Hooks Unlimited NY style Roof Hook with grips shall be provided.

REAR RUB RAIL

A single piece full body width polished aluminum rub rail shall be bolted in place at the rear of the body.

The rub rail is to be removable for ease of repair or replacement. The rear rub rail shall be a heavy extruded aluminum "C" channel.

WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT LEFT SIDE AHEAD OF WHEELS

One (1) wheel well compartment shall be located on the left side in the rear wheel well panel ahead of the rear wheels of the type specified herein.

A breathing air cylinder storage compartment for three (3) SCBA cylinders (not supplied) shall be provided and located in the rear wheel well of the apparatus body.

The cylinder storage compartment shall be constructed entirely of aluminum. The door assemblies shall be provided with a gasket between door and body side, bolted in- place and removable for repair or replacement.

The compartment shall be provided with SCBA cylinder scuff protection. A brushed stainless steel door shall be provided.

An one-inch (1") wide loop of black webbing shall be installed in each SCBA compartment to prevent the bottle from sliding out of the compartment in case of door failure. The loop shall be mounted, centered in the compartment and shall hang within one- inch (1") of the compartment floor to allow the bottle to pass by the strap when the bottle is placed in the compartment. The strap shall loop over the valve.

WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT LEFT SIDE BETWEEN TANDEMS

A wheel well compartment shall be located on the left side in the rear wheel well panel between the rear tandem wheels of the type specified herein.

A breathing air cylinder storage compartment for three (3) SCBA cylinders (not supplied) shall be provided and located in the rear wheel well of the apparatus body.

The compartment shall be provided with SCB A cylinder scuff protection. A brushed stainless steel door shall be provided.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 131
An one-inch (1") wide loop of black webbing shall be installed in each SCBA compartment to prevent the bottle from sliding out of the compartment in case of door failure. The loop shall be mounted, centered in the compartment and shall hang within one- inch (1") of the compartment floor to allow the bottle to pass by the strap when the bottle is placed in the compartment. The strap shall loop over the valve.

WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT LEFT SIDE BEHIND WHEELS

A wheel well compartment shall be located on the left side in the rear wheel well panel behind the rear wheels of the type specified herein.

FUEL FILL DOOR

A Fire Shopp Inc. fuel fill access assembly shall be provided on the left side rear wheel well area. The assembly shall include a brushed stainless steel fuel fill enclosure door and a stainless steel pocket fuel assembly. A label indicating DIESEL FUEL ONLY shall be applied.

WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT RIGHT SIDE AHEAD OF WHEELS

A wheel well compartment shall be located on the right side in the rear wheel well panel ahead of the rear wheels of the type specified herein.

A breathing air cylinder storage compartment for three (3) SCBA cylinders (not supplied) shall be provided and located in the rear wheel well of the apparatus body.

The compartment shall be provided with SCBA cylinder scuff protection. A brushed stainless steel door shall be provided.

WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT RIGHT SIDE BETWEEN TANDEMS

A wheel well compartment shall be located on the right side in the rear wheel well panel between the rear tandem wheels of the type specified herein.

A breathing air cylinder storage compartment for three (3) SCBA cylinders (not supplied) shall be provided and located in the rear wheel well of the apparatus body.

The cylinder storage compartment shall be constructed entirely of aluminum. The door assemblies s hall be provided with a gasket between door and body side, bolted in- place and removable for repair or replacement.

The compartment shall be provided with SCBA cylinder scuff protection. A brushed stainless steel door shall be provided.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 132

WHEEL WELL COMPARTMENT RIGHT SIDE BEHIND WHEELS

A wheel well compartment shall be located on the right side in the rear wheel well panel behind the rear wheels of the type specified herein.

FUEL FILL DOOR

A Fire Shopp Inc. fuel fill access assembly shall be provided on the right side rear wheel well area. The assembly shall include a brushed stainless steel fuel f ill enclosure door and a stainless steel pocket fuel assembly. A label indicating DIESEL FUEL ONLY shall be applied.

FRONT BODY PROTECTION PANELS

Aluminum tread plate overlays and panels shall be installed on the front of the body from the lower edge to the top of the compartment doors. The material shall be bolted in place and sealed to prevent any moisture entry between the overlay and the body structure.

REAR BODY PROTECTION PANELS

Smooth aluminum shall be installed on the rear of the body, to allow for the installation of a "Chevron" stripe on the rear.

EXTRUDED ALUMINUM RUB RAILS

Full body length polished aluminum rub rails shall be bolted in place on the lower right and left body sides.

The side rub rails shall be a heavy extruded aluminum "C" channel. There shall also be a bolt on aluminum corner casting on each rear corner to blend the rear tail board assembly with the side rub

120V ELECTRIC RECEPTACLE -- STRAIGHT BLADE

Two (2) 120-volt 20 amp straight blade, 3- prong duplex receptacle with spring loaded weatherproof cover shall be provided.

The electric receptacle shall be located inside the right side exterior body compartment behind the rear wheels.

--Located in R6. Exact location TBD at pre-con meeting.

The electric receptacle shall be located inside the rear portion of the crew cab.

--Mount on top of officer side EMS compartment. Exact location TBD at pre-con meeting.

SHORE POWER INLET

One (1) receptacle for a shore power inlet line shall be provided to supply the cab interior 120-volt outlets.

--For the cab mounted 120v duplex outlet.

SHORE POWER INLET

One (1) receptacle for a shore power inlet line shall be provided to supply the body interior 120- volt outlets.

--For the R6 120v duplex outlet.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 133

STOKES BASKET HORIZONTAL SLIDE-IN MOUNTING

One (1) horizontally mounted slide-in stokes basket track shall be installed. The tracks shall be fiberglass.

The tracks shall be approximately 26" inside width x 86" deep x 10" high (The Stokes basket shall be supplied by the fire department).

--A storage area for one (1) customer supplied/installed Stokes basket is to be provided in the rearward transverse portion of the PL1/PR1 compartment, as per drawing.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 134

BODY PAINT PROCESS

Facility Certification

The paint facility shall be in current compliance with 40 CFR (code of federal regulations) part 63 subpart HHHHHH national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants: Paint stripping and miscellaneous surface coating operations at area sources (6H -NESHAP). Spray guns shall also be compliant certified by paint gun manufacturer.

Cab / Module Prep

Prior to assembly, all joints and seams are to be mechanically etched. All welds shall be ground smooth prior to priming. The bare substrate of the module is first cleaned with a strong s urface cleaner to remove fabrication and pneumatic tool oils. The reason? Cleaning the surface prior to sanding prevents oils and contaminants from being imbedded into the substrate. After sanding process, a mild surface cleaner removes any sanding dust residue along with pneumatic tool oil. A waterborne surface cleaner is available in case substrate was touched with bare hands or skin.

The following steps must be followed in sequence to properly apply paint to the Fire truck cab, chassis or module.

SURFACE PREP
• Clean entire modular body with Sikkens OTO using the two- cloth method, wipe on wet, wipe dry.

Reason: Wiping our surface cleaners on wet, contaminants loosen and float to the top. Those floating contaminants then get wiped off with an absorbent towel. • Using an orbital sander, (where polyester filler will be applied) 80- grit is used to provide a mechanical tooth for optimal adhesion. 180- grit is then used surrounding the 80- grit area.

Sikkens M600 surface cleaner is then used to remove sanding dust and pneumatic tool oil. If bare hands or skin accidentally touched the surface, Sikkens Autoprep waterborne cleaner is used to remove natural oils. Again: All surface cleaners are applied wet with one towel and wiped dry with another.
• Rosenbauer approved polyester body filler is then applied over the 80- grit ground areas to cover the imperfections from welds. When body filler dries, it’s first sanded with 80- grit then finish sanded with 180-grit to remove all 80- grit sand scratches. Blow off surface dust using approved air wand.
• After body work has been completed, the rest of the aluminum substrate on module gets sanded with 80-grit sandpaper until the surface is bright and sand scratches are consistent. Module gets blown off again to remove all sanding dust.
• Step 1 is essential in achieving proper adhesion.

EPOXY PRIMER and HIGH BUILD primer surfacer APPLICATION PROCESS:
• First, if sanded aluminum substrate has not been primed within 8 hours, aluminum substrate gets re-abraded to remove oxidation that may have begun on aluminum surface. Aluminum substrate gets cleaned with Sikkens M600 surface cleaner using the 2- towel method. Surface cleaners do not get applied over body filler due to polyester filler being absorbent. • One (1) coat of Ak zoNobel LV262 Epoxy primer is applied. This epoxy primer slows down corrosion from happening if in case the unit (once out in the field) has stone chips or scratches down to aluminum. This product is a 2- component epoxy primer meaning it mixes with a hardener. Paint technicians are trained to properly apply this product to achieve a minimum of 1 mil DFT (Dry film thickness) required by AkzoNobel. A blank module schematic showing specific areas to measure dry film thickness is completed on each module /unit. • Allow LV262 25 minutes minimum dry time prior to applying AkzoNobel LV650 primer surfacer.

Apply two to three wet coats of AkzoNobel LV650 two component low VOC high build primer

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 135
surfacer. A dry film thickness of up to 8 mils can be achieved prior t o sanding. Minimum flash between coats is 30 seconds to 5 minutes. LV650 surfacer dries 3 different ways. 8 hour dry without accelerator, bake for 1 hour at 140- degrees or accelerate which allows technicians to sand in 45 minutes @70-degrees.

SANDING:
• Block sand entire module with 320- grit sandpaper minimizing any accidental cut throughs on edges. Blow off body with air gun and move module into paint booth.

PRE TOPCOAT PREPARATION

• Clean areas where Rosenbauer approved seam sealer is applied with Si kkens M600 surface cleaner. If by accident, bare hands or skin touched surface on cab or module, Autoprep waterborne cleaner is used on these areas prior to using M600 cleaner. Both cleaners are used with the 2-towel method.
• Seam seal with Rosenbauer approved non- shrinking moisture cured urethane seam sealer.

Technicians follow seam sealer technical data sheets pertaining to application and dry times prior to applying AkzoNobel BT650 basecoat or 650 Topcoat single stage paint. • Clean module with M600 surf ace cleaner. If by accident, bare hands or skin touched surface on module, Autoprep waterborne cleaner is used on these areas prior to using M600 cleaner. Both cleaners are used with the 2-towel method.
• If there are any visible cut throughs, paint techs f irst use a pre-treatment Alodine wipe followed by one coat of reduced LV262 epoxy primer over these areas and give a 20- minute flash prior to applying BT650 basecoat or Topcoat.
• Tack rag unit to remove any lint or dust that could have landed on surface.

TOPCOAT PROCEDURE

• Mix BT650 basecoat or Topcoat (single stage) polyurethane paint. • Fluid and spray pattern checks are done prior to applying BT650 base, Topcoat and Clear coat. • Apply BT650 basecoat until complete coverage is achieved. If Topcoat is appl ied, a minimum of

1.8 mils is recommended after cut and buff procedure. Note: Topcoat doesn’t get clear coated. • Allow solid color BT650 basecoat to flash 20 minutes prior to applying 3 coats Sikkens LV651 Glamour Clear coat.
• If a metallic color, allow BT650 basecoat to flash 45 minutes prior to applying 3 coats LV651 • Glamour Clear coat. Bake body for 45 minutes once surface temp has reached 140-degrees. • The mil thicknesses are as follows:
• Autocoat BT LV262 Epoxy Primer 1.0 to 1.5 mils
• Autocoat BT LV650 2K Primer Surfacer 1.0 to 3.0 mils
• Autocoat BT LV650 Basecoat color 1.0 to 1.8 mils
• Autocoat LV651 Clearcoat 2.0 to 3.0 mils
• Combined total: 5.0 to 9.3 mils

INTERIOR COMPARTMENT FINISH

Twelve (12) apparatus side compartment interiors are to be pai nted with a heavy spray on lining material.

The compartments shall be cleaned with a wax and grease remover and then caulked with a urethane caulk. The compartments are then sprayed with one coat of epoxy primer, then a single coat of urethane compartment liner approximately 10- 12 mils in thickness. The lining material shall dry to form an impervious one piece covering to protect the compartment interiors from damage.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 136

INTERIOR COMPARTMENT FINISH

The lining material shall be grey in color.

TOUCH-UP PAINT

One (1) two (2) ounce bottle of touch-up paint shall be furnished with the completed truck at final delivery.

SIMULATED GOLD LEAF LETTERING

The lettering shall be applied in simulated gold leaf material, shaded in black and encapsulated in clear Mylar.

A quantity of fifty (50), four (4) inch letters are to be placed on the cab and on the body as directed by the customer.

SIMULATED GOLD LEAF LETTERING

The lettering shall be applied in simulated gold leaf material, shaded in black and encapsulated i n clear Mylar.

A quantity of thirty (30) letters are to be placed on the cab and on the body as directed by the customer.

The letters shall be between eight and twelve inches in height.

APPARATUS DOOR GRAPHICS

Two (2) custom door graphics designed prim arily with artistic features shall be proposed for installation on the apparatus.

REFLECTIVE STRIPING

A 6" wide 3M brand Scotchlite #680- 10 reflective stripe shall be affixed to the perimeter of the vehicle.

Striping shall conform to the applicable NFP A requirements. At least 50% of the perimeter length of each side and width of the rear and at least 25% of the perimeter width of the front of the vehicle shall have reflective stripe.

The side stripe shall be applied in a flowing small pattern.

COLOR OF STRIPING MATERIAL

The color of the 3M brand striping material shall be white.

CHEVRON STRIPING

The front bumper shall have 3M reflective red and black striping installed. The chevron style striping shall be applied at a 45-degree upward angle.

--The chevron is to be red/black.

CHEVRON STRIPING

The entire rear portion of the body shall have 3M reflective red and black striping installed. The chevron style striping shall be applied at a 45-degree upward angle pointing towards the center upper portion of the rear panel.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 137
--The chevron is to be red/black.

REFLECTIVE TAPE ON OUTRIGGERS

The outriggers that extend beyond the side of the body shall have white reflective tape applied to both the front and rear facing sides.

INTERIOR CAB DOOR CHEVRON

Reflective striping shall be installed on the interior of each chassis door. The lower portion of the door shall have a scotchlite red and yellow chevron striping applied to it. A reflective stripe shall also be applied on the vertical outer edge of each cab door.

--The chevron is to be red/black.

YELLOW SAFETY TAPE - STANDING & WALKING SURFACES

The apparatus shall meet NFPA standard 15.7.1.6 designating any horizontal standing or walking surface higher than 48- in (1220 mm) from the ground and not guarded by railing or structure at least 12- in (300 mm) high shall have at least a 1- in (25 mm) wide safety yellow line delineation that contrasts with the background to mark the outside perimeter of the designated standing or walking surface area, excluding steps and ladders.

AERIAL INSTRUCTION LABELS

Safety and instructional labels shall be applied at all necessary areas on the aerial device to identify points critical to the safe operation and maintenance of the aerial.

WHEEL CHOCKS WITH MOUNTS

A pair of Worden Model HWG large aluminum wheel chocks shall be provided and mounted under the apparatus body with Model U815T underbody mounting brackets.

SPANNER WRENCHES WITH HOLDER

One (1) Akron model 2443 wrench holder shall be provided. Each hold shall include two (2) #10 hose wrenches and one (1) #15 hydrant wrench shall be provided.

>>Mounted inside of D/S ladder compartment door.

FLAG POLE

A Flagspring brand, 39" flexible flag pole (with flag) and angled mount will be installed on the driver si de rear face of the body. One (1) FireTech WL- X-4 LED Light will be mounted adjacent to the flag for nightime operations. The light will be connected to the parking light circuit.

Flag pole, flag and mount (39" kit-angled) available from; flagspring.com
714-728-3690

--Final location will be determined during pre-construction or mid-point inspection

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 138
109' FOUR SECTION REAR MOUNT LADDER

Aerial Ladder Design and Construction

A 109' four -section steel rear mount aerial ladder shall be provided. It shall have a maximum height of 108' 7.3" at the top rung of the fly section at 75- degrees elevation. The horizontal reach from the top rung to the center of the turntable shall be 101' 10.8".

Operation on grades

The aerial shall be capable of bei ng operated with full rated capabilities in any plane up to 5- degrees out of level with the turntable leveled as much as possible by placement of the outriggers. Operation beyond this limit shall be at the operator's discretion.

Extension And Retraction System

Two [2] 5" inside diameter cylinders, each with 2-1/2" outside diameter rods and a 67-1/2" stroke, are used in the extension and retraction system. The specified extension cylinders shall not exceed the specified length. The required length cylinders shall place the cylinder weight closer to the base of the aerial device. Smaller size cylinders are required since they are easier to handle for removal for service reasons. In addition, the specified shorter stroke cylinders provide less potential for damage to the rod by hitting an obstacle when extended.

The extension cylinders shall have counter balance valves mounted directly to them and shall extend and retract the aerial with a 4 to 1 cable cylinder arrangement from totally retracted to 109' at 75 degrees totally extended.

The extension and retraction system shall have six [6] pairs of cables. Lower -mid section cables shall have a .50" diameter, upper-mid section cables have a .375" diameter, and fly section cables shall have a .3125" diameter.

Each of the cylinders, cables, and sheave assemblies shall be completely independent of the other system, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly shall not affect the function and operation of the other assembly. Each set of cables shall be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure of the other.

There are no restrictions on the waterway as the ladder is extended and retracted

State-of-the Art Technology

The aerial device materials, parts, technology or procedures used in construction of the apparatus are subject to change at the manufacturer's discretion to provide "equal or better" products and must be in compliance to applicable NFPA #1901 standards and industry standard practice.

BASE SECTION

The ladder base section length shall 32' 9", with inside dimension of 39.25"; distance between the top of the handrail and the centerline of the rungs shall be 28.375". The base rails shall be 100,000 PSI material and the handrails shall be 100,000 PSI material.

LOWER MID SECTION

The ladder lower -mid-section length shall be 32' 10", with inside dimension of 33.375"; the distance between the top of the handrail and the centerline of the rungs shall be 22.875". The base rails shall be 100,000 PSI material and the handrails shall be 70,000 PSI steel material.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 139

UPPER MID SECTION

The ladder upper mid- section length shall be 32' 11", with inside dimension of 27.375"; the distance between the top of the handrail and the centerline of the rungs shall be 18.875". The base rails shall be 70,000 PSI material and the handrails shall be 70,000 PSI steel material.

FLY SECTION

The ladder fly section length shall be 36' 3" including the bolt -on egress, with inside dimension of 22.125"; the distance between the top of the handrail and the centerline of the rungs shall be 15.375". The handrails and base rails shall be 70,000 PSI steel material.

TECHNICAL DRAWINGS

Technical and engineering drawings shall be provided for the aerial ladder as follows: left side view, top view and rear view.

ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS

Technical and engineering drawings shall be provided for the 12 volt electrical system for the model of apparatus specified.

HYDRAULIC DRAWINGS

Technical and engineering drawings shall be provided for the aerial device hydraulic system.

IN PROCESS AERIAL PHOTOS

Photos shall be taken during production to provide updates to the Fire Department. The following set of photos shall be supplied:
• Aerial Sections in assembly
• Turntable in assembly
• Torque Box after galvanizing
• Platform in assmbly (if applicable)
• Aerial loaded and ready for shipping

AERIAL OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS

As required by applicable sections of NFPA #1901, operating instructions and demonstration of the aer ial apparatus shall be provided at the purchaser's location. The aerial manufacturer shall provide these instructions and demonstration of the aerial apparatus.

Personnel providing the instructions shall be professionally trained by the aerial manufact urer prior to the delivery process. All costs of these instructions shall be borne by the bidder. The bidder shall notify the purchaser a minimum of 14 days prior to the instruction period. The bidder shall provide classroom instructions, operational i nstruction. The instructor shall provide the all necessary material to assure proper operation of the aerial device.

This instruction period shall be three (3) consecutive days at the purchaser's location.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 140

AERIAL OPERATION MANUALS

At time of deliver y, an aerial manual shall be supplied which shall include aerial operation overview, service documentation, wiring schematics and technical high- level bill of material drawings. The documentation shall address at a minimum the inspection, service, and oper ations of the fire apparatus and all major components thereof. This documentation and manuals shall be provided in the English language.

MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY ONE (1) YEAR

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Rosenbauer hereby warrants each new Rosenbauer Aerial to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a warranty period of one (1) year starting on the date the vehicle is delivered to original purchaser. Under this warranty, Rosenbauer agrees to furnish any item or items to replace those that have been found to be defective in material or workmanship where there is no indication of abuse, neglect or other than normal service. Such an item or items, at the option of Rosenbauer must be made available for our inspection at our request and returned to our factory or another location designated by Rosenbauer. Transportation of such an item or items will be arranged and covered by buyer within thirty (30) days after the date of failure and within one (1) year from the date of delivery of the apparatus to the original purchaser, whichever occurs first. The inspection must indicate that the failure was attributed to defective material or workmanship. Authorization for repair or item replacement must be sought from Rosenbauer customer service department prior to repair or item replacement occurring.

This warranty is applicable only if the aerial device is serviced annually by an authorized Rosenbauer service facility. The cost of the annual service is the responsibility of the purchaser.

THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO OR COVER THE FOLLOWING:

• Normal maintenance services or adjustments, including but not limited to, lubricants, cable adjustment, hoses, and other incidentals.
• Any item that has been repaired, replaced or altered by a facility not approved in advance by Rosenbauer, or in a manner which, at Rosenbauer’s discretion, may adversely affect the safe operation or durability of the vehicle or item.
• Special, incidental or consequential damages including, but not limited to, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use, lost profits or transportation fees or charges to or from any facility. • Any malfunction resulting from misuse, negligence, alteration, accident or lack of operational knowledge, lack of normal or required maintenance or adjustments, exposure to corrosive agents, fire, severe environmental conditions or acts of God.

EXCLUSIONS OF DAMAGES BOTH INCIDENTAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL

At no time shall Rosenbauer be held liable for any incidental, consequential, indirect, special and/or punitive dam ages whatsoever, whether coming from breach of contract, warranty, tort or equity. Such items shall include the chassis or other items sold by Rosenbauer, or their operation or their failure to operate, or defects herein, or any undertakings, acts or omiss ions related to, regardless whether Rosenbauer’s knowledge of the possibility of any such damage.

Without limitation of the generality of the preceding statements, Rosenbauer categorically disclaims any and all liability for property and personal injury , damages, penalties for lost revenue and/or profit, loss of aerial or products and associated pieces of equipment, the expense of substituting chassis and/or products, or the out of service expenses, resulting from damages and/or delays, that creates down time expenses and/or create economic losses, or any third party claims for damages.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 141
This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and all other obligations or liabilities on our part. We neither assume nor authorize any person to assume for us any liability or make any alteration to this warranty in connection with the sale of our apparatus unless expressly given in writing by Rosenbauer.

NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers.

AERIAL TESTING

THIRD PARTY TESTING

The aerial ladder shall be inspected and tested by a third party. A non-destructive test shall be performed on each unit at a rate of 100% inspection by the Underwriters Laboratories inspector, exceeding the requirements applicable section of NFPA #1901 for new apparatus. All non- destructive procedures shall be fully documented and meet or exceed the requirements of applicable sections of NFPA #1901.

PERFORMANCE WATER FLOW TESTING

The waterway flow test shall be conducted by an accredited third party testing organization with cer tified results provided on delivery of the apparatus. If the aerial device is equipped with a permanent water system and has a rated vertical height of 110 ft (34 m) or less, standard model flow test data shall be provided to the purchaser.

If the water system has been modified from the standard model configuration, a new flow test shall be conducted to determine that the friction loss in the water system between the base of the swivel and the monitor outlet does not exceed 100 psi (700 kPa) with 1000 gpm (3748 L/min) flowing and with the water system at full extension.

A flow test shall be conducted on each vehicle to determine that the water system is capable of flowing 1000 gpm (3748 L/min) (or rating as specified in these specifications) at 100 psi ( 700 kPa) nozzle pressure with the aerial device at full elevation and extension.

Where the apparatus is equipped with a fire pump designed to supply the water system, the test shall be conducted using the onboard fire pump.

The intake pressure to the fire pump shall not exceed 20 psi (140 kPa).

AERIAL PAINTING & CORROSION PROTECTION

AERIAL PAINT

Before assembly, in preparation for the final painting, the aerial ladder sections and turntable shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared to conform to good painting practices. The aerial ladder sections and turntable shall be primed with two (2) coats of PPG or equal lead free primer. Ladder sections and turntable shall then be sprayed with one (1) coat of color using PPG or equal paint. The color of the ladder sections shall be painted to match the upper cab color.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 142

STRUCTURAL DESIGN WARRANTY TWENTY (20) YEAR

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Rosenbauer hereby shall warranty each new Rosenbauer aerial device to be free from s tructural failure caused by defective design and workmanship for a warranty period of twenty (20) years or 100,000 miles starting on the date the vehicle is delivered to original purchaser. Under this warranty, Rosenbauer agrees to furnish any item or item s to replace those that have been found to be defective in material or workmanship where there is no indication of abuse, neglect or other than normal service. Such an item or items, at the option of Rosenbauer must be made available for our inspection at our request and returned to our factory or another location designated by Rosenbauer. Transportation of such an item or items will be arranged and covered by buyer within thirty (30) days after the date of failure and within two (2) years from the date of delivery of the apparatus to the original purchaser, whichever occurs first. The inspection must indicate that the failure was attributed to defective material or workmanship. Authorization for repair or item replacement must be sought from Rosenbauer c ustomer service department prior to repair or item replacement occurring.

This warranty is applicable only if the aerial device is serviced annually by an authorized Rosenbauer service facility. The cost of the annual service is the responsibility of the purchaser.

THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO OR COVER THE FOLLOWING:

• Normal maintenance services or adjustments, including but not limited to, filters, lubricants, cable adjustment, hoses, and other incidentals.
• Any item that has been repaired, repl aced or altered by a facility not approved in advance by Rosenbauer, or in a manner which, at Rosenbauer’s discretion, may adversely affect the safe operation or durability of the vehicle or item.
• Special, incidental or consequential damages including, but not limited to, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use, lost profits or transportation fees or charges to or from any facility. • Any malfunction resulting from misuse, negligence, alteration, accident or lack of operational knowledge, lack of normal or r equired maintenance or adjustments, exposure to corrosive agents, fire, severe environmental conditions or acts of God.

EXCLUSIONS OF DAMAGES BOTH INCIDENTAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL

At no time shall Rosenbauer be held liable for any incidental, consequential, indirect, special and/or punitive damages whatsoever, whether coming from breach of contract, warranty, tort or equity. Such items shall include the chassis or other items sold by Rosenbauer, or their operation or their failure to operate, or defects her ein, or any undertakings, acts or omissions related to, regardless whether Rosenbauer’s knowledge of the possibility of any such damage.

Without limitation of the generality of the preceding statements, Rosenbauer categorically disclaims any and all liability for property and personal injury, damages, penalties for lost revenue and/or profit, loss of chassis or products and associated pieces of equipment, the expense of substituting chassis and/or products, or the out of service expenses, resulting f rom damages and/or delays, that creates down time expenses and/or create economic losses, or any third party claims for damages.

This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and all other obligations or liabilities on our part. We neither assume nor authorize any person to assume for us any liability or make any alteration to this warranty in connection with the sale of our apparatus unless expressly given in writing by Rosenbauer.

NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cov er standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 143
PAINT WARRANTY ONE (1) YEAR

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Rosenbauer hereby warrants the paint on the Rosenbauer aerial of each new fire & rescue vehicle to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection for a warranty period of one (1) year starting on the date the vehicle is delivered to original purchaser. Under this warranty, Rosenbauer agrees to furnish any item or items to replace those that have been found to be defective in material or workmanship where there is no indication of abuse, neglect or other than normal service. S uch an item or items, at the option of Rosenbauer must be made available for our inspection at our request and returned to our factory or another location designated by Rosenbauer. Transportation of such an item or items will be arranged and covered by buyer within thirty (30) days after the date of failure and within one (1) year from the date of delivery of the apparatus to the original purchaser. The inspection must indicate that the failure was attributed to an adhesion defect caused by defective manuf acturing methods or paint material selection.

Authorization for repair or item replacement must be sought from Rosenbauer customer service department prior to repair or item replacement occurring.

This warranty is applicable only if the aerial device is serviced annually by an authorized Rosenbauer service facility. The cost of the annual service is the responsibility of the purchaser.

THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO OR COVER THE FOLLOWING:

• Any item that has been repaired, repainted or altered by a facility not approved in advance by Rosenbauer.
• Special, incidental or consequential damages including, but not limited to, loss of time, inconvenience, loss of use, lost profits or transportation fees or charges to or from any facility. • Any defect result ing from misuse, negligence, alteration, accident or lack of normal or required maintenance or adjustments, exposure to corrosive agents, fire, severe environmental conditions or acts of God.
• Painted items which are manufactured by a party other than Rosenbauer and which are separately warranted by that party.

EXCLUSIONS OF DAMAGES BOTH INCIDENTAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL.

At no time shall Rosenbauer be held liable for any incidental, consequential, indirect, special and/or punitive damages whatsoever, whether coming from breach of contract, warranty, tort or equity. Such items shall include the chassis or other items sold by Rosenbauer, or their operation or their failure to operate, or defects herein, or any undertakings, acts or omissions related to, regardless whether Rosenbauer’s knowledge of the possibility of any such damage.

Without limitation of the generality of the preceding statements, Rosenbauer categorically disclaims any and all liability for property and personal injury, damages, penalties for lost revenue and/or profit, loss of chassis or products and associated pieces of equipment, the expense of substituting chassis and/or products, or the out of service expenses, resulting from damages and/or delays, that creates down time expenses and/or create economic losses, or any third party claims for damages.

This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, and all other obligations or liabilities on our part. We neither assume nor authorize any person to assume for us any liability or make any alteration to this warranty in connection with the sale of our apparatus unless expressly given in writing by Rosenbauer.

NOTE: Surety bond, if required, will cover standard one year warranty period only and will not cover any extended warranties allowed by seller or other component manufacturers.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 144

EGRESS PAINT

The fly section shall have a bolt-on egress section. The egress area shall be painted red PPG 71663.

LADDER BED

A heavy duty ladder bed shall provide support of the aerial in the travel position.

On the base section of the aerial device, a stainless steel scuff plate shall be installed where the aerial comes in contact with the travel support.

GALVANIZED OUTRIGGERS

The aerial outriggers assemblies, beam, outer jack tube, inner jack tube, jack cover plate, and jack pad shall be galvanized.

The outriggers shall be galvanized inside and out. The process shall eliminate the rusting, scratching or paint chips on the outriggers. The galvanizing process shall permeate the metal and shall not be an "over-coating only" on outside surfaces. The galvanized components shall lessen the potential for corrosion and eliminates the requirement for finish paint. The process shall negate any later requirement for touch-up paint or total repaint of the outrigger/stabilizer assemblies.

The galvanizing shall provide the steel outriggers with both barrier and cathodic protection from corrosion.

The galvanizing process shall immerse the complete outrigger components in molten zinc. The galvanizing diffusion process shall allow the zinc to bond to the steel, at the molecular level. The galvanized zinc coating shall provide a barrier that shields the steel from the environment.

CORROSION RESISTANT WARRANTY

A galvanized steel corrosion protection warranty shall be provided for the aerial outriggers and stabilizers for a period of twenty -five (25) years. The conditions of the corrosion protection warranty shall be as follows.

1. This warranty shall cover parts and labor to correct the affected area or parts only and shall not be deemed to include entire outrigger or stabilizer assemblies. This warranty does not include the turntable, aerial ladder sections, or torque box.

2. Should any warranty claim occur, the affected area shall be inspected, reviewed and approved by the aerial manufacturer prior to any work being completed.

3. Any authorized warranty work shall be only performed by the aerial manufacturer or its designated repair personnel or facility. Any repairs completed by un-authorized repair shops or personnel shall cause this warranty to be invalid.

4. Transportation costs associated with this corrosion protection warranty shall be the responsibility of the purchaser.

5. Warranty shall not cover damage due to lack of specified normal maintenance and service as outlined and required in the service and operating manuals provided with the apparatus..

6. Warranty shall not cover damage from accidents, abuse, physical and mechanical damage, and all other conditions not considered as "normal" operating conditions.

7. The obligations of the aerial manufacturer pursuant to the foregoing warranty with respect to the outriggers and stabilizers shall be limited to the cost of bringing the affected area into compliance w ith the specifications or of removing any defects in materials or workmanship.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 145

GALVANIZED TORQUE BOX

The torque box shall be hot dip galvanized inside and out. The galvanizing shall include the top and bottom and sides of the torque box, outrigger el ectrical compartment, and outrigger valve control compartment.

The torque box shall be totally hot dip galvanized. The galvanizing process shall not be an over -coating only to outside surfaces but shall permeate the metal. The galvanizing process shal l prevent or greatly lessen rust and corrosion on the torque box and in areas between the torque box and chassis frame rails, as well as areas which cannot be reached when washing the unit and which cannot be visually inspected, and shall eliminate the need to finish paint the torque box.

The galvanizing process shall provide the steel torque box assembly with both barrier and cathodic protection from corrosion. The galvanizing process shall immerse the complete torque box component in molten zinc. The galv anizing diffusion process shall allow the zinc to bond to the steel, at the molecular level. The galvanized zinc coating shall provide a barrier that shields the steel from the environment.

CORROSION RESISTANT WARRANTY

A galvanized steel corrosion protection warranty shall be provided for the aerial torque box for a period of twenty-five (25) years. The conditions of the corrosion protection warranty shall be as follows.

1. This warranty shall cover parts and labor to correct the affected area or parts only and shall not be deemed to include the entire torque box assembly. This warranty does not include the turntable, aerial ladder sections, or outrigger/stabilizers.

2. Should any warranty claim occur, it shall be inspected, reviewed and approved by the aerial manufacturer prior to any work being completed.

4. Transportation costs associated with this corrosion protection warranty shall be the responsibility of the purchaser.

5. Warranty shall not cover damage due to lack of specified normal maintenance and ser vice as outlined and required in the service and operating manuals provided with the apparatus..

6. Warranty shall not cover damage from accidents, abuse, physical and mechanical damage, and all other conditions not considered as "normal" operating conditions.

7. The obligations of the aerial manufacturer pursuant to the foregoing warranty with respect to the torque box shall be limited to the cost of bringing the affected area into compliance with the specifications or of removing any defects in materials or workmanship.

RUNG COVERS

For ease of climbing the ladder rungs shall be equally spaced on a maximum 14" centers and minimum

11.75" centers and shall have a skid-resistant surface or covering.

For added safety, skid- resistant rung covering shall be provided. The rung covering shall not twist and shall cover at least 60 percent of the climbing area of each rung.

Round rungs shall be provided and shall have a minimum outside diameter of 1- 1/4", including the skid- resistant surface or covering.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 146

For maximum strength, the minimum design load for each rung shall be 500lb distributed over a 3- 1/2" wide area at the center of the length of the rung with the rung oriented in its weakest position.

Each aerial rung shall be covered with one (1) continuous piece of a protective, High- Traction safety walk non- skid material.

WEAR PADS

The aerial wear pads shall be "PET" type and shall incorporate semi -crystalline hardness, rigidity, mechanical strength with exceptional sliding properties and very low sliding wear. The pads shall be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength, and smooth operation. Side wear pads shall be nylatron GSM, stainless steel adjustment screws shall be provided on the side wear pads to permit proper side clearance.

SIGN PANEL BRACKETS

The aerial manufacturer shall supply aerial sign brackets welded to the base section of the aerial. These brackets shall be located on both sides of the base section.

AERIAL SIGN PANELS

Sign panels shall be provided one on each side of the base section that are 16" high x 133".

Sign Panels shall be primed with two (2) coats of PPG or equal lead free primer and then shall be sprayed with one (1) coat of color using PPG paint. The color of the sign panels shall match the color of the ladder sections.

CRADLE COVER BRACKETS

Brackets shall be installed on the cradle of the aerial for the installation of the cover. Design and installation shall be done by the final OEM.

EXTENSION MARKINGS

To improve safety and to provide the operator with vital information, extension markings shall be provided.

For best visibility the base section of the ladder shall include markings on the outside of the left handrail and the inside of the right handrail to indicate extension position of the ladder in operation. The markings shall be BLACK reflective numbers that will mark every 10 feet with a hash mark between the numbers.

FOLDING STEPS

The ladder shall be equipped with two (2) folding steps, one on each side of the ladder at the upper end of the fly section. These steps are spring loaded to hold in the stowed position. Once lowered, steps lock in the lowered position for use.

When steps are in the use position there shall be approximately a 7- 1/2" diameter circular space for a hose to be placed on the rungs. The folding steps shall comply to applicable standards of NFPA #1901.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 147

ROPE RESCUE EYELETS, VENTURA SPREADER BAR, REAR ANCHOR BAR

Two (2) rope rescue eyelets shall be installed one on each side of the fly section, with each anchor being rated at 250 pounds, for a total combined weight rating of 500 pounds.

The special spreader bar with center roller and rope retainer has two (2) eyelets one (1) on each side of the roller rated at 250 pounds per eyelet. The spreader bar shall fit between the rope rescue eyelets on the fly section and shall be held in place with retaining pins. The spreader bar is rated for a total of 500 pounds. The bar shall be painted yellow PPG #: FDG 82150.

There shall be an anchor bar with two (2) eyelets rated at 250 pounds per eyelet 500 pounds total. The anchor bar shall fit between the base rail handrails and shall be held in place with retaining pins. The bar shall be painted yellow PPG# FDG 82150.

ROOF LADDER BRACKETS FLY

There shall be welded plates and bolt on roof ladder mounting brackets installed on the inside of the fly section.

ROOF LADDER

A Duo Safety Model 875-A, 16 foot aluminum roof ladder with folding steel roof hooks on one end and feet on the other end shall be provided on the inside of the fly section. The ladder width shall be 14" and not exceed the height of the handrails.

AXE & PIKE POLE WELDMENTS

Welded-in mounting plates shall be installed for the an axe mounti ng on the right side and a pike pole mounting on the left side of the fly section.

PIKE POLE BRACKETS: FLY

Bolt on mounting brackets for a pike pole shall be installed on the driver side of the tip in the fly section.

AERIAL ROTATION SYSTEM

The rotat ion system shall be powered by a hydraulic motor to drive an eccentric planetary gearbox, capable of field adjustment, to rotate the aerial.

A 43.6" pitch diameter external tooth bearing shall be provided for 360 degree continuous rotation in either direction. As turntable bearing bolts are required to be checked and re- torqued at regular intervals, to make this task relatively simple, the ability to re-torque all bolts from the top of the turntable is mandatory.

The bearing shall be bolted to the bearing base plate using sixty (60) 5/8" SAE Grade 8 bolts and shall also be bolted to the turntable using fifty five (55) 5/8" SAE Grade 8 bolts.

A hydraulic release spring applied brake shall provide a positive lock for the rotation.

Two [2] pressure relief valves shall control the force of the rotation to protect the aerial from excessive side loads.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 148

CONTROL PANEL LANGUAGE

All panels including main operations stations, outrigger stations, warning labels and load charts shall be written in English.

COMMAND PEDESTAL

The Aerial Command Pedestal is monitored by programmable logic control. The programmable logic control operating system shall use absolute encoders for elevation and rotation to be able to monitor the following functions continuously to offer maximum safety. The monitored aerial control functions are as follows:

The turntable shall have a stand up Aerial Command Pedestal. The following items shall appear on the panel at the main control station:
• One (1) aerial Smart Screen
• One (1) system pressure gauge, 0-5,000 psi minimum
• One (1) emergency stop button
• One (1) joystick controller
• Monitor switches
The system shall be capable of performing simultaneous aerial functions.

Smart Screen
One (1) aerial smart screen shall be installed at the main control station. The screen shall consist of multiple pages. All screen shall have the same information.

The first page on the screen shall be the main aerial information. It shall give the following information:
• Aerial rotation: as the aeri al is rotated 180 degrees left and right of the ladder bed, positive and negative numbers shall indicate how far right or left the aerial is rotated.

• Aerial height: as the aerial extends and elevates the distance from of the top of the handrail to the ground shall be indicated on the screen.

• Aerial reach: as the aerial extends the reach shall be indicated on the screen from the tip of the aerial to the center of the turntable.

• Aerial extension remaining: as the aerial extends the amount of feet remaini ng to extend shall be indicated.

• Rungs aligned indicator: as the aerial extends the rungs aligned indicator shall illuminate on the smart screen, indicating safety for climbing. The indicator shall not illuminate when the rungs are not aligned.

• Operational envelop indicators: prior to the aerial coming upon an unsafe operating position, while operating over the short jacked side of the truck or to close to the cab and body, the collision protection shall ramp to a stop. The right disable, down disable and/or left disable indicators shall appear on the screen indicating to the operator the function that is inoperable based on the position of the aerial.

The aerial shall be programed so it shall not make contact with the cab or body or any equipment as identified during the build process. Programmable cab and body collision protection shall alert the operator with indicators on the screen stating Right Rotation Disabled, Down Disabled and Left Rotation Disabled. Each individual indicator shall illuminat e when the corresponding aerial function(s) (right

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 149
rotation, left rotation or lowering) are disabled. All three indicators shall illuminate when the E -STOP is pushed or the outrigger interlock is active.

• Emergency stop engaged indicator: when the emergency stop button is engaged an indicator shall appear on the screen. An emergency stop button on the control panel shall be used for immediate emergency stopping of all aerial functions at all operating locations.

• Aerial load gauge: a load indicator shall appear on the screen to visually allow the operator to know they are within the safe operating parameters. The indicator shall change colors, green (safe), amber (caution) and red (overloaded) to alert the operator of the load on the aerial.

The red load indicator shall flash and begin to sound a warning alarm at 100 pounds over the rated load.

• Outrigger short set indicator: when any outrigger is not fully extended and the jack is not supporting some of the truck weight a pie chart shall flash to indicat e the outrigger has not been set for aerial operations. The outrigger diagram shall show the percent the outriggers have been extended. The outrigger diagram shall not change color until the jack has been set. Once the outrigger has been set the outrigger diagram shall change colors to match the pie charts display of color and safe operational envelop.

The aerial shall be able to be rotate 360 degrees over the short jacked side of the truck. A programmable logic control system allows the aerial to rotate over the short jacked outriggers while maintaining safe operating parameters. An indicator shall appear on all the smart screens to warn the operator that one or more outriggers have been short set. An operational pie chart shall also be on the smar t screen to indicate the safe operating parameters depending on the short set outrigger. In the event the vehicle has been set up with one or more of the outriggers short set, any attempted operation outside the predetermined parameters shall automaticall y ramp the operation to a feather -soft stop. A corresponding disable light shall appear on the screen to alert the operator of the disabled function. The operator shall be able to return the aerial back to the safe operating parameters without the use of overrides.

• Auto bedding indicator and switch: an indicator shall appear when the aerial is in the 20/20/20 zone (within 20 degrees left or right of the ladder bed, below 20 degrees elevation and 20 percent retraction remaining) indicating the ladder can now be automatically stowed. By pushing a momentary button on the side of the screen the aerial shall rotate, retract and lower into the bed while avoiding cab and body collision.

• Tip lights switch: a button on the side of the screen shall turn all of t he tip lights and the rung lights on and off.

• Tracking lights switch: a button on the side of the screen shall turn all of the tracking lights, panel lights and rung lights on and off.

• Flow and Pressure gauge: an indicator on the screen shall give a continuous reading of the monitors flow and presser. Total gallons shall be saved until the truck master switch has been turned off.

• Hydraulic tank level: an icon will indicate the amount of oil left in the tank.

• Dirty fliter: a picture will illuminate when the aerial filters are dirty and need to be replaced.

The second page shall display the following information:
• Side to side leveling: a picture and number (positive or negative) indicating how level the truck is left to right.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 150
• Front to back leveling: a picture and number (positive or negative) indicating how level the truck is front to back.
• Aerial hour meter: continual reading of the operational hours on the aerial. • Outrigger extension: an outrigger with percentage shall appear indicating how far the outrigger is extended: red (25% -49% extension), orange (50% -74% extension), yellow (75% -95% extension), or green (96% -100% extension). The percentage shall co- inside with the operational pie chart on the next page to show the operator the parameters in which the aerial shall be able to operate.
• Hydraulic tank temperature: an icon will indicate the temperature of the oil in the hydrulic tank.

The third page shall display the following engine diagnostics information:
• Engine RPM: shows live readings of the engines RPM's
• Engine coolant temperature: shows live readings of the engines coolant temperature • Engine oil pressure: shows live readings of the engines oil pressure. • Battery charging condition: shows live readings of the engine's battery condition • Transmission fluid temperature: shows live readings of the transmission fluid temperature. • Fuel level: shows live readings in percentage of the amount of fuel remaining.

The fourth page shall display the following information:
• Aerial operations pie chart: an operational pie chart shall show in the corresponding color (red, orange, yellow or green) how far each outrigger out is extended and aerial's operational parameters based on each outrigger set up.

The fifth page shall display the following information:
• Load and reach chart: an aerial load and reach chart shall be displayed to inform the operator of the operational capabilities of the aerial wet and dry.

Aerial Speed
The aerials speed functions are proportionally regulated by the elevation and extension of the aerial. The aerial shall have proportional slow down on full extension and full retraction. The elevation system shall proportionally reduce the speed at sixty (60) degrees and ramp to off at full elevation. Lowering shall proportionally reduce the speed at three (3) degrees and ramp to off at minus twelve ( -12) degrees. When the aerial is fully retracted the aerial speed shall be 20 percent faster than when fully extended.

The controls are also proportionally regulated during rotation, extensi on and elevation operations. The aerial shall smoothly ramp up to full operation speed to prevent jerking of the aerial. Should the operator release the controller during any of the three operations, the aerial shall ramp to a smooth soft stop.

Joystick Controller
A single joystick controller shall control aerial left/right, extend/retract and raise/lower functions. The joystick shall operate with the natural movement of the operator’s hand for rotation and elevation. There shall be a thumb lever on the joystick to operate extension and retraction. The joystick shall have built in ramp up and ramp down capabilities.

The safety interlock trigger on the back side of the joystick must be engaged to operate all aerial functions. With the trigger activated the RPM's shall increase to 1,250 RPM and maintain there for two (2) seconds after returning to the neutral position.

Lighting
LED Lights shall illuminate the main control station and turntable work area for added operator visibility and safety.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 151

GAUGES & VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS

All gauges and visual display on the aerial apparatuses at the operating positions shall readout in the following measurements:
• Distances shall be displayed in feet and inches
• Loads shall be displayed in pounds
• Flows shall be displayed in gallons/psi
• Engine information shall be displayed in F/PSI

CONTROL STAND LID

There shall be a lid installed on the command pedestal to give extra protection to the screen and joystick.

TURNTABLE

The turntable shall be three sided (left, rear & right) with the corners cut to allow for personnel to enter and exit the turntable. The turntable walking area shall be covered with NFPA #1901 compliant skid resistant black Line-X material, with a 2-1/2" lip. Three (3) 42" high, slip resistant handrails capable of withstanding a 225 pound force applied from any direction shall be installed on the turntable.

HANDRAIL STEEL LINE-X

The handrails shall be steel and coated in black line-x.

HANDRAIL ORIENTATION

The turntable handrails shall be bent outwards to allow for maximum room on the turn table. The handrail shall have an opening that allows for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial.

TURNTABLE MAN SAVER BARS

Two (2) Fire Research ManSaver bars shall be installed on the lef t and right side of the turntable. The safety bars shall lift either upward or inward to open, and be spring loaded to automatically return to the horizontal closed position. The safety bar assembly shall be made of aluminum and stainless steel.

MANSAVER BAR COLOR

The mansaver bar vinyl cover shall be yellow.

TURNTABLE FINISH

The aerial control console will be constructed from smooth aluminum and painted to match the ladder sections. The back of the control panel will have one (1) full hinged door. The front of the control panel will have one (1) 8" x 8" hinged door. These doors are provided for maintenance and emergency operation of the aerial.

OUTRIGGER CONTROL PANEL

The outrigger control panel shall have a switch to energize the hydraulic system for outrigger functions.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 152
Control Panel

The control panel shall include a Smart Screen that will display the same information as the other Smart Screens on the aerial, no buttons shall be active that will allow for aerial operation (i.e. auto bedding).

There shall be three (3) swiches not located on the screen at the rear of the truck.

P. Manual override system to override the outrigger/aerial interlock system Q. One (1) switch for the emergency power unit.

18. Outrigger on/off switch

HYDRAULIC HIGH PRESSURE FILTER

The hydraulic system shall be equipped with a 'high pressure' hydraulic oil filter between the pump and the control valve designed to meet the flow requirements of the system. There shall be a filter replacement light on the outrigger control panel for the convenience of the mechanic. The return filter and pressure filter shall be connected together to the same light on the outrigger control panel to indicate replacement of filters.

HYDRAULIC EXTRA HIGH PRESSURE FILTER

One (1) hydraulic oil high pressure replaceable filter element shall be shipped loose.

HYDRAULIC RETURN FILTER

A 10 micron low pressure return line filter element shall be connected to the hydraulic reservoir. The 10 micron return line replaceable filter. There shall be a filter replacement light on the outrigger control panel for the convenience of the mechanic. The return filter and pressure filter shall be connected together to the same light on the outrigger control panel to indicate replacement of filters.

HYDRAULIC EXTRA RETURN LINE FILTER

One (1) return line filter element, SE10, 10 micron filter shall be shipped loose.

AIR HORN

A momentary switch shall be provided for controlling the vehicle's air horn at the turntable control console.

The button shall be in the smart screen.

TORQUE BOX

The torque box connecting the turntable to the outriggers shall provide the rigidity needed for the aerial to be operated at -12 degrees to a +75 degrees elevation and full extension. The dimensions of the torque box will be unique to the truck and based upon customer requested specifications and engineering stability requirements. The back of the torque box shall be open for the option of ladder storage.

TOW EYES

Two (2) tow eye mounts shall be installed on the rear of the torque box.

OUTRIGGER COMPONENTS

The aerial device outriggers and stabilizers shall be designed to function with the Smart Aerial operational components. The system shall have a pad that pivots left-to-right and front-to-rear.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 153
Extension Beams
The extension beams shall entirely enclose the extension cylinders to prevent damage to the rods and hoses. Each outrigger shall be controlled with an independent controller which can extend and lower the outrigger at the same time or raise and retract the outrigger at the same time.

A double box design shall enclose the jack cylinders completely to protect the rods from damage that could result from exterior circumstances.

Jack Cylinders
The jack cylinders shall have pilot operated check valves for both the raised and lowered positions. Each jack tube shall be drilled for mechanical pin locks for a safety backup.

The outrigger jack cylinders shall be mounted so they can be removed from the top of the outrigger jack tube. Jack cylinders that are removed from the bottom of the outrigger jack tube will not be accepted.

Outrigger Deployment Alarm and Warning System
The outrigger deployment alarm, of not less than 87 DBA, shall sound at all times while the outrigger master switch is in the on position and stops sounding only when the outrigger switch is turned off. The audible alarm shall warn personnel that outrigger movement is possible at any time the switch is on.

Safety Features
The outrigger system provides the following safety features:

19. A cradle interlock system shall be provided, to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positions all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration.

2. There shall be a system on the truck that continually monitors t he weight and balance on the truck and how that effects the associated operating parameter. This system allows operators to set up the truck up in a short -jacked position. The operator shall be allowed to operate the full 180 degrees off of the short -jacked side of the truck within the safe operating parameters without the need of a second operator. Operators shall be able to identify on the screen what quadrant each outrigger is set in as well as the associated safe operating parameters they are in.

3. The outrigger not extended indicator on the screen shall have a warning indicator flashing if one or more outriggers has not been set.

4. The monitoring system on the truck shall be able to identify if two or more adjacent outriggers come off the ground and s hut down the current aerial operation. The monitoring system shall then only allow the operator to adjust the truck back into the safe operating parameters.

Lighting
A Whelen V-Series, model 5V3R, shall be mounted to the inside of the vertical outrigger jack beam. The warning light shall consist of 12 red Super -LED's installed on a V -light PC board with a TIR V -light reflector. The flashing lights shall alert personnel on either side of the outrigger of it's location. The V-light PC board shall have f our white Super -LED's installed below that work independently as the ground illumination light. The lights shall activate with the master switch.

Outrigger and Stabilizer Specifications

The specified outriggers and torque box system shall provide a 1- 1/2 to 1 stability safety factor when the aerial is in any operating position.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 154
The stability requirements shall be met by the apparatus on which the aerial device is mounted when that apparatus is in a service- ready condition but with all normally remov able items such as water, hose, ground ladders, and loose equipment removed.

The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load 1- 1/3 times its rated capacity in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the apparatus is on a slope of 5 degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

All outriggers and stabilizers that protrude beyond the body of the apparatus shall be striped or painted with reflective material so as to indicate a hazard or obstruction. Each outrigger or stabilizer shall also be provided with one or more red warning light(s) located either on the stabilizer or in the body panel visible on the side of the apparatus where the stabilizer is located.

Cradle Interlock System
A cradle interlock system shall be provided, to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positions all the stabiliers in a load supporting configuration. A switch shall be installed at the cradle, to prevent operations of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nexted position.

OUTRIGGERS

Two (2) front and two (2) rear out and down outriggers shall be provided on the apparatus. The rear outriggers shall be located directly behind the rear axle and the front outriggers shall be located front of the torque box connected to the frame.

The outrigger assemblies shall consist of the following components:

5. A 2" inside diameter cylinder with a 1.125" outside diameter rod shall extend and retract the outrigger 48".

6. A 5" inside diameter cylinder with a 3" outside diameter rod shall raise and lower each jack tube a distance of 22".

The total width from the center of pivot pin to center of pivot pin when the outriggers are fully extended shall be: 15' 6".

SHORT JACKING

The aerial device shall be able to be operated a full 360 degrees while any outrigger is short set. As the outriggers are set further out the operating parameters are adjusted to allow for more aerial operations.

The outriggers shall be monitored and operations shall be displayed when the outriggers are in the following quadrants 25% - 49%, 50% - 74%, 75% - 95% and 96% - 100%. An operational graph shall be displayed outlaying the operational capabilities of the aerial within each quadrant. The outrigger along with the load on the aerial will continually be monitored so that the aerial is always within safe operating parameters. Devices that do not allow the aerial to operate 360 degrees while the truck is short jacked shall not be accepted, no exception.

OUTRIGGER PLATES

An auxiliary outrigger plate shall be provided for each outrigger. The units shall be 2' x 2' in size, one for each outrigger made from 1/2" aluminum with a handle for easy movement.

OUTRIGGER STOWED INDICATOR LIGHT

An outrigger stowed indicator light will be provided in the cab. The light shall indiate if one or more outriggers is not fully retracted and fully raised. The light will be connected to the door ajar light in the cab.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 155

AERIAL PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES

The following are aerial ladder and water capabilities for the operation of this unit in the unsupported configuration with the truck level, the outriggers fully extended and lowered to relieve the chassis weight from the axles. The capabilities are based upon 360-degree continuous rotation and up to full extension.

The following capabilities are based upon continuous 360- degree rotation and up to full extension. The aerial ladder and water system shall be designed to permit the following flows:
1,500 GPM: 0 degree -30-degrees to the side of the ladder centerline 1,250 GPM: 31 degrees to 45-degrees to the side of the ladder centerline 1,000 GPM: 46 degrees to 90-degrees to the side of the ladder centerline 1,500 GPM: 135-degrees down from a line parallel to the centerline

Elevation Capabilities DRY Capabilities WET
Tip
Load
Evenly
Distributed
Tip
Load
Evenly
Distributed
-10 degrees to 30 degrees 500 lbs 1,000 lbs 500 lbs 750 lbs 30 degrees to 45 degrees 500 lbs 1,500 lbs 500 lbs 750 lbs 45 degrees to 60 degrees 750 lbs 2,000 lbs 500 lbs 1,500 lbs 60 degrees to 75 degrees 1,000 lbs 2,500 lbs 500 lbs 2,000 lbs

The flow of the monitor shall adjust automatically through the onboard programming that controls the valve metering to allow for the desired fl ow rating. As the monitor is roated right or left the flow will automatically be adjust based on the position of the monitor.

The smart flow shall be displayed on the smart screen by showing the following:
• Pressure: pressure at the base of the waterway going up the aerial. • Flow: a continual reading of the flow going up the aerial waterway • Total flow: the total amount of water flow through the waterway • Monitor position: visual position of monitor on the screen (left/right and up/down) to help indicate the flow that will be allowed
• Valve position (open/close):icon indicating if the valve is fully open, partially open or closed based on the desired flow of the operator.
• Gallons allowed: gallons allowed depending on position of the monitor • Valve open and close buttons: two active buttons on the screen one will open the valve to the desire the operator and depending upon the position of the monitor and the other will close the valve with the monitor at any position

An additional smart screen will be added to the pump panel location, smart screen will include the same information at the main control station (i.e. lights, envelop indicators, aerial load gauge, engine information, outrigger placement etc . . .).

The ladder meets the 2:1 safety factor requirem ent for material based on the weight of the ladder plus a 500 pound live load at the tip of the aerial, flowing 1,500 GPM of water at 30 degrees to the side of the aerial at zero degrees elevation.

If a monitor is ordered that can elevate above 0 degrees the tip load shall be reduced to 250 lbs.

SWIVEL

There shall be a 4" waterway swivel with 360 degrees continuous rotation. It shall be installed through the turntable and torque box to connect the aerial waterway plumbing from the water pump to the aer ial. The hydraulic oil for the aerial shall be directed through a two- port hydraulic swivel with 360 degrees continuous rotation.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 156

The swivel will be a modular three component swivel. It shall have a separate electrical swivel, hydraulic swivel and waterway swivel that when connected shall form one component. The three individual swivels shall not affection the operations of any other part of the swivel. Indivdual replacement of each individual portion of the swivel shall be capable.

WATERWAY

A aerial waterway shall be provided from the base of the aerial device to the tip of the fly section. The aerial telescoping aluminum waterway shall be fabricated of aluminum and shall have four (4) tubes as follows:

1. 5" outside diameter at the base section

2. 4-1/2" outside diameter at the lower mid-section,

3. 4" outside diameter at the upper mid-section

4. 3.5" outside diameter at the fly section

WATERWAY COLOR

The waterway base tube color shall be painted to match the ladder sections. The inner teles copic tubes shall be left black.

ELECTRICALLY OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE

An Akron 4" electric butterfly valve, style 7940, shall be installed below the swivel. The valve shall be controlled through a screen at the pump panel in addition to all the Smart screens specified.

An electrically driven worm gear rotates a gear sector for smooth and easy operation with no switches inside the gear actuator to malfunction. The speed of the valve opening and closing is preset to comply with the current NFPA 1901 Standard. The valve will operate on a 12-volt apparatus electrical systems. It has a manual override with the gear driven ratio of 64:1.

RETRACTABLE WATERPAN

The monitor connected to a waterpan and shall be retractable allowing the monitor to be secured at the tip of the fly section for water tower operations or at the end of the next lower section for rescue operations.

When the aerial is fully retracted the monitor, lock shall be quickly movable and easily accessible at the tip of the aerial. To improve safety of the truck and on the fire scene the smart system shall be able to sense and indicate on the screen the position the waterpan is in. Should the smart system lose the sensor an icon on the screen shall alert the operator and restrict operations until the waterpan is securely latched.

The rescue mode feature shall allow the tip of the fly section to be placed very close to the edge of a building or window minimizing the working and access heights on and off the ladder tip without worrying about the monitor being damaged.

Monitor controls shall be located on the retractable waterway pan and on the aerial control console. The retractable waterway pan electrical cable shall be guided by e- chain for protection of the cable when repositioning the m onitor from the fly section to the next lower section. No manual hand plugs, external reels, or coiled self-retracting cable shall be needed. All electrical connections shall be directly connected to the monitor.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 157

WIRELESS RADIO REMOTE

There shall be a r adio receiver for the aerial, monitor and outriggers controls supplied at the aerial control panel and powered by the chassis 12- volt electrical system The radio receiver shall have proportional outputs to drive the 12-volt electric proportional aerial and outrigger control hydraulic valves, as well as the on/off output for monitor control.

The radio remote control transmitter/receiver shall be powered by two AA batteries and shall operate approximately 300 feet from the truck, no tether shall be requi red. The transmitter / receiver shall have a belt strap for comfortable operations. The remote shall control following:

Aerial Controls Monitor Controls Outrigger Controls
Raise & Lower Stream & Shape Extend & Retract
Extend & Retract Up & Down Raise & Lower
Left & Right Rotation Left & Right Rotation

The following items shall be included on the remote:

Enable Switch: shall allow the remote to talk to the transmitter located at the main control station. Hitting the momentary enable switch shall allow the operator to begin operations of any function on the remote. If the operator does not choose a function after engaging the enable switch the remote will cease communication with the transmitter after 5 seconds. This switch serves as a dead man sw itch to the controls on the remote.

Full / Half Speed Switch: there shall be a turtle and rabbit indicator on the remote to allow the operator to run the aerial operations at full (rabbit) or half (turtle) speed.

Air Horn Switch: shall allow the operator to engage the air horn on the truck (if there is one).

Emergency Stop Button: if enabled, shall lock out all operations of all controls from every operator station.

This serves as a safety back up incase the operator gets the aerial into an unsafe s ituation. The operator will have to disengage this switch before being able to operate the aerial from any control station.

Auto Bed Switch: is a momentary switch that when engaged will rotate, retract and lower the aerial into the bedded position while avoiding cab and body collision. Once the aerial is in the 20/20/20 zone (within 20 degrees left or right of the ladder bed, below 20 degrees elevation and 20 percent retraction remaining) the ladder can now be automatically stowed.

LCD Display: shall give the operator continuous readings of the aerial information. This information shall include:
• Aerial rotation: as the aerial is rotated 180 degrees left and right of the ladder bed, positive and negative numbers shall indicate how far right or left the aerial is rotated.

• Aerial height: as the aerial extends and elevates the distance from of the top of the handrail to the ground shall be indicated on the screen.

• Aerial reach: as the aerial extends the reach shall be indicated on the screen from the tip of the aerial to the center of the turntable.

• Aerial elevation: as the aerial is elevated the elevation angle is indicated. • Aerial extension remaining: as the aerial extends the amount of feet remaining to extend shall be indicated.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 158
• Operational Envelop Disabled: shall be indicated on the screen if the left, right or down function is disabled.

• Overload Condition: shall display on the screen to alert the operator.

• Outrigger Not Set: is displayed if the outriggers still need to be set.

• Outrigger Not Extended: when any outrigger is not fully extended and the jack is not supporting some of the truck weight the operator shall be notified of the exact outrigger that needs to be adjusted.

• Breathing Air (optional): shall be reported if the breathing air is low or off.

PROPORTIONAL ELECTRIC OUTRIGGER CONTROLS

The aerial shall be equipped with four (4) out and down outriggers with proportionally control the electric outrigger valves activated by momentary rocker switches. The proportionally controlled outriggers shall allow the outrigger to deploy at full speed up until the very end of positioning at which time the valve shall back off and allow the outrigger to come to a smooth soft stop. The main controls shall be located at the rear and to the outside of the truck, addtional controls shall be provided on a wireless radio remote. Both locations shall give the operator full view and control of each outrigger.

AUTOMATIC SELF-LEVELING

The apparatus shall be equipped with an automatic self -leveling s ystem for four (4) outriggers. The system shall operate as follows:

• A button shall be incorporated into the smart screen to be activate self-leveling • The operator will then need to manually extend the outriggers and manually lower the jacks until they touch the ground.
• Once the outriggers are extended and the last outrigger jack touches the ground, the automatic jack leveling system will level the truck.

ALL JACKS UP SWITCH

There shall be a switch on the smart screen to raise all of the outrigger j acks up at the same time. Once all aerial operations are complete, the safety pins are pulled; activate the all jacks up button to stow the outrigger jacks. All the jacks will raise up until they are in their stowed position. The operator shall then manually retract the outriggers to the stowed position.

MONITOR

One (1) Style 3480 StreamMaster™ II mid- range monitor shall be supplied on the platform. These firefighting monitors have a unique waterway design that provide balanced forces on the outlet and reduced friction for the stream resulting in exceptional performance over a wide range of flows in a compact configuration. The onboard, fully sealed IP 67 CAN control system features “plug and play” installation with built-in wireless capability and a USB port for quick software updates in the field. The 355 degree rotation and 165 degree elevation range can be configured for deck or aerial applications making this high performance compact monitor truly universal.

Three (3) toggle switches shall be located at the turntable aerial control stand and at the platform control console. The switches will control the raise/lower, stream/shape, and left/right functions of the monitor.

The controls at the aerial control stand will override the controls at the tip of the aerial.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 159
NOZZLE

An Akron Brass model 5178 electrically controlled combination solid stream and fog nozzle shall be provided at the end of the monitor. The nozzle shall be constructed of Pyrolite, with a 2" orifice solid bore, and a fog flow of 1500 GPM at 80 PSI. The nozzle shall have a 12 volt electric motor, a 3.5" NH inlet, and built-in stream shaper, and shall not exceed 14-13/16" in length or 24 lbs, in weight.

STACKED TIPS

One (1) set of Akron #3499 straight bore tips shall be provided for the monitor as follows:

One (1) 2-3/4"
One (1) 2-1/2"
One (1) 2-1/4"
One (1) 3-1/2" NH male threaded base mounting bracket.

MONITOR COLOR

The monitor shall be Akron standard red in color.

STREAM SHAPER

An Akron Brass item 34850014 Mini Stream S haper shall be shipped loose in the cab. It shall be constructed of Pyrolite, have a 3.5" NH knurled female inlet, a 3.5" NH male outlet, full length offset extruded vanes for stream shaping, shall not exceed 4" in length, or 2 lbs. in weight.

PRECONNECT

One (1) TFT manual Valve Under Monitor (V.U.M) shall be installed between the end of the waterway and the monitor. There shall be less than 7 psi loss at 2000 GPM and the VUM incorporates TFT's stainless quarter ball design. One 2-1/2" port shall be opened for use of the discharge.

2.5" RELIEF VALVE

A 2.5” relief valve shall be installed above the turntable.

RELIEF VALVE & DRAIN VALVE

A 2-1/2" preset relief valve shall be placed in the aerial waterway system and shall be capable of the dumping of water to the environment to protect the waterway system.

One (1) 1-1/2" quarter turn drain valve shall be installed at the low point of the waterway plumbing system.

INTERCOM

The two station intercom communication system shall have the master stat ion at the turntable and secondary intercom and speaker at the tip of the aerial.

The master station shall have a volume control and a push-to-talk button. The remote station shall operate "hands free" and constantly transmit to the master station and speaker, unless the master station push- to- talk button is pressed.

The intercom shall be designed for exterior aerial application. Each station shall have a weather resistant and protective housing and water resistant speakers.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 160
Atkinson Intercom
The Atkinson Dynamics Intercom AD26C master intercom and the AD26D slave intercom are designed for use in rugged, physical conditions and challenging acoustic environments. The durable construction is ideal for use on fire apparatus, emergency vehicles or any other mobile command equipment. The Atkinson Intercom provides high volume, clear audio communication.

The system is designed to provide clear communication for all personnel with minimum connections.

The remote unit, installed at the ladder tip, continuously transmits to the base stations. Base station units include a Push-to-Talk (PTT) button to transmit to other intercom positions.

LIGHT HOUSING COLOR

All light housing shall be white in color.

TRACKING LIGHTS:

Two FireTech HiViz area and work lights Model # FT-WL-X-5H-FT-W shall be installed at the lower end of the base section ahead of the lift cylinders of the ladder. The 35 watt +12 DC, 2.91 Amp, light head configuration shall incorporate 5 white LED's. High-quality construction and components enable the light to withstand vibration up to 21Grms. Build- in reverse polarity protection helps prevent accidental damage caused by incorrect installation. Electronic thermal managment ensures that if the light is subjected to a massive heat overload, that a self-protection protocol is engaged to reduce the light output, until such time as the heat overload retreats to normal parameters. The HiViz lights shall be activated from the tracking lights switch on the main control station. The FT -WL-X-5H-FT-W lights shall have 4,000 raw lumens (3,305 effective lumens).

TIP LIGHTS:

Two FireTech HiViz area and work lights Model # FT -WL-X-5H-FT-W shall be installed at the tip of the ladder. The 35 watt +12 DC, 2.91 Amp, light head configuration shall incorporate 5 whi te LED's. High- quality construction and components enable the light to withstand vibration up to 21Grms. Build- in reverse polarity protection helps prevent accidental damage caused by incorrect installation. Electronic thermal managment ensures that if the light is subjected to a massive heat overload, that a self-protection protocol is engaged to reduce the light output, until such time as the heat overload retreats to normal parameters.

The HiViz lights shall be activated from the tracking lights switch on the main control station. The FT -WL- X-5H-FT-W lights shall have 4,000 raw lumens (3,305 effective lumens).

Two (2) LED Whelen 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt lights shall be installed on ladder bed facing back toward the turntable. The steady burn illumination light shall incorporate six white Super -LED and a clear non- optic hard coated polycarbonate lens for maximum output. The hard coated sealed lens shall provide extended life/luster protection against UV and chemical stresses. The light shall be wet sealed and v acuum tested to ensure proper sealing. The conformal coated PC board, powder coated die cast housing, and exterior rubber gasket shall provide additional protection against environmental elements. The 3SC0CDCR shall provide 360 usable lumens. The solid state illumination light shall be vibration resistant. These lights shall be activated from the aerial master switch. The lights will draw 0.3 amps.

TIP MARKER LIGHTS

One (1) blue Whelen LED light, model# 70B02FCR shall be installed at the tip of the fly section. This light shall be activated from the tip light switch on the turntable.

RUNG LIGHTING

The ladder rungs of each aerial section shall be equipped with 12- volt LED luma- bar lighting. The luma- bar shall run the full length of the climbing portion of each section on each side o f the aerial. These lights shall be activated from the turntable tracking light switch. The ladder rung lights shall be "red" in color.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 161

CAB LIFT INTERLOCK SWITCH

A limit switch shall be installed on the aerial boom support to inhibit cab tilt unless the aerial is raised from the ladder travel support.

AERIAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

The hydraulic system shall have a load sensing, variable gallonage, hydraulic piston pump with a 12- volt pressure reducing system. To reduce the normal time for aerial set up, the hydraulic pump shall be of the load sensing design. The hydraulic system shall have sufficient oil flow to provide the capability of performing multiple functions simultaneously without reducing operating speeds of the selected functions.

The hydraulic oil for the aerial shall be directed through a hydraulic swivel with 360 degrees continuous rotation. Enclosed in the hydraulic swivel shall be a minimum of twenty (20) electrical collector rings and a maximum of thirty-six (36) electrical collector rings with 360-degrees continuous rotation.

The hydraulic pump shall be large enough to provide oil to meet all of the requirements needed for aerial and outrigger operation standards.

A pressure reducing valve set at 500 P SI above the system pressure shall be connected to the hydraulic pump. This pressure reducing valve shall be a safety device for hydraulic pump failure. The hydraulic oil shall be directed through high pressure hydraulic hose and tubing.

The hydraulic system shall be designed to direct oil to the outriggers only while the ladder is in the bedded position. The oil can be directed to the aerial operation only when all of the outriggers are supporting sufficient load. This operation is made available through the use of electrical diverter valves with a manual override system for safety backup.

Hydraulic System Installation

The non- sealing moving parts of all hydraulic components, whose failure results in motion of the aerial device, shall have a minimum bursting strength of four times the maximum operating pressure to which the component is subjected.

Dynamic sealing parts of all hydraulic components, whose failure results in motion of the aerial device, shall not begin to extrude or otherwise fail at pressures at or below two times the maximum operating pressure to which the component is subjected.

Static sealing parts of all hydraulic components, whose failure results in motion of the aerial device, shall have a minimum bursting strength of four (4) times the maximum operating pressure to which the component is subjected.

All hydraulic hose, tubing, and fittings shall have a minimum bursting strength of at least three times the maximum operating pressure to which the components are subjected. All hy draulic hoses shall have a stamped embedded on one end of the metal fitting to include the date, technicians creating the hose identification number, PSI of hose and the company the hose was made by. This shall assist a mechanic in determining the age of the hydraulic hose.

All other hydraulic components shall have a minimum bursting strength of at least two times the maximum operating pressure to which the components are subjected.

The hydraulic system shall be provided with an oil pressure gauge at the control station position.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 162
Hydraulic Reservoir

The hydraulic system shall be supplied by a 40 gallon oil tank with a 10 micron filter on the return line and a 100 mesh filter on the pump inlet side.

A means for checking and filling the hydraulic reservoir shall be readily accessible.

The fill location shall be conspicuously marked with a label that reads “Hydraulic Oil Only.”

Instructions for checking and filling the hydraulic reservoir shall be provided.

The hydraulic system components shall be capable of maintaining, under all operating conditions, oil cleanliness and temperature that comply with the component manufacturer's recommendations.

HYDRAULIC GATED DRAIN LINE

One (1) quarter turn shut-off valve shall be connected in the drain line of the hydraulic oil tank..

HYDRAULIC GATED DRAIN LINE

One (1) quarter turn shut -off valve shall be supplied between the suction line of the hydraulic oil tank and the inlet of the hydraulic pump.

HYDRAULIC OIL ISO 32

United MV Extreme Hydraulic Oil is a multi-grade hydraulic lubricant engineered for extreme temperature ranges. The low pour point of -58° F enables this fluid to flow quickly in extreme cold climates, avoiding pump cavitation that results in pump wear. The high viscosity index of this fluid addresses the extreme hot climates and operating temperatures, thinning out less at high temperatures than typical hydraulic fluids.

United MV Extreme Hydraulic Oil is formulated with rust inhibitors, oxidation inhibitors, anti -wear agents and anti-foam additives. This fluid is fortified with a friction modifier lubricity agent necessary in hydraulic systems operating wet clutches and/or wet brakes, commonly found in industrial cranes and other off-road equipment. United MV Extreme Hydraulic is has very good water separation so that contaminant water may be drained from the reservoir when the machine is at rest. In- plant filtration systems insure ISO clean-liness standards during blending and container filling, providing a clean product for your expensive hydrau-lic system.

PTO

An electrical start-stop "hot shift" PTO shall be mounted to the transmission. The PTO shall be connected to the hydraulic pump and shall supply power for all aerial and outrigger operations. Electrical safety wiring shall require that the vehicle be in neutral and the parking brake set before the PTO will operate. A "PTO Engaged" indicator light is installed in the cab of the apparatus.

EXTENSION SHAFT

Due to the design of the chassis an extension shaft shall be installed to connect the PTO to the hydraulic pump to avoid hitting the shackle.

Cathedral City FD – 109’ Aerial PAGE 163

HYDRAULIC PUMP

The hydraulic pump and reservoir shall be a separate system independent of other vehicle functions. The pump shall be load sense type that will react to demand of the aerial without imposing unnecessary horsepower demands on the engine.

The lift, extension and tilt cylinders shall include holding valves for maximum safety in the event of pressure loss or hydraulic line failure. Flow control shall be electric, remote c ontrolled, proportional type installed to insure smooth operation of the aerial. All hydraulic valves shall be equipped with manual overrides for emergency operation and/or manual push button mechanical overrides in event of electrical failure.

The hydraulic pumping system shall be capable of providing full performance at any engine speed.

Right Rotation:

The hydraulic pump right rotation shall have a displacement of \100cc with an SAE "C' 2- bolt flange and the shaft size shall be 14 Tooth SAE C Spline Shaft. The pump shall rotate right /CW (clockwise).

ELEVATION SYSTEM

The hydraulic elevation system shall have two (2) 6" inside diameter cylinders that have 3- 1/2" diameter rods and a 36" stroke. The elevation system shall elevate the aerial from -10 degrees to +75 degrees.

The cylinders shall be equipped with spherical bushings to minimize cylinder rod wear. Each cylinder shall have lock valves connected directly to the barrel of the cylinder.

A pressure-reducing valve shall limit the force of the aerial when lowering and the system pressure limits the force when elevating the aerial.

All hydraulic cylinders utilized in the aerial elevation and extension system shall be commercially available and shall be of standard sizes and lengths rather than special sizes or of proprietary manufacture. This requirement is important since it assures quicker parts availability, shorter down time, and less costly replacement parts for cylinders.

EMERGENCY BACK UP PUMP

An emergency hydraulic system shall be provided for capability for limited ladder functions and to stow the ladder and outriggers in case of prime motor failure.

The emergency system shall be powered from the 12- volt electrical system from the apparatus battery system and shall not be load managed.

LUBRICATION CANS SHIPPED LOOSE

Two (2) cans of aerial lubrication shall be shipped loose.

Cathedral City City CouncilOctober 11, 2023

Cathedral City City Council
October 11, 2023